environmental impact and risk …environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/eia/191020185q...m/s....

M/S. S.M. INDUSTRIESSURVEY NO. 192/4, VILLAGE : SOKHADA,

TALUKA : KHAMBHAT, DIST. ANAND,

GUJARAT – 388 620

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT

FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION OF DYEs & NEW PIGMENTS IN

EXISTING UNIT

October to December, 2017

EIA Consultant

NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory

ISO 9001:2008 Certified Company

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd.(Pollution Control Consultants & Engineers)403, Centre Point, Nr. Kadiwala School,

Ring Road, Surat – 395002 (Guj.)

R

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK

ASSESSMENT REPORT

CLIENT

PROJECT TITLE

PROJECT NO.

:

:

:

M/S. S.M. INDUSTRIES

SURVEY NO. 192/4, VILLAGE : SOKHADA,

TALUKA : KHAMBHAT, DIST. ANAND,

Gujarat – 388 620

PROPOSED EXPANSION OF DYES & NEW PIGMENTS IN EXISTING

PREMISES

642000



Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd.

403, Centre Point, Nr. Kadiwala School, Ring

Road, Surat - 395002

Prepared By:











Prepared By:

M/s. S.M. INDUSTRIES ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Prepared By: Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Surat I-1

INDEX

SR. NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1 CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION 1-1

1.1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT 1-1

1.1.2 STATUTORY REQUIREMENT 1-1

1.2 PROJECT DETAILS 1-2

1.2.1 PROJECT SITE LOCATION 1-2

1.2.2 IMPORTANCE AND BENEFITS OF PROJECT 1-3

1.2.3 TOTAL PROJECT COST 1-3

1.2.4 TOTAL LAND ACCQUIRED AND ITS BREAK-UP 1-4

1.2.5 PRODUCTS DETAILS 1-6

1.2.6 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 1-8

1.2.7 EXISTING AND ADDITIONAL MAJOR EQUIPMENTS AND

MACHINERIES

1-8

1.3 PROJECT SETTING 1-9

1.3.1 LOCATION 1-9

1.3.2 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS 1-10

1.3.2.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION 1-10

1.3.2.2 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM

PROJECT SITE

1-10

1.3.2.3 MAP OF KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS 1-11

1.4 PURPOSE OF EIA 1-12

1.5 OBJECTIVES OF EIA 1-12

1.6 METHODOLOGIES FOR EIA 1-12

1.6.1 BASE LINE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION 1-12

1.6.1.1 AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT 1-12

1.6.1.2 GROUND AND SURFACE WATER ENVIRONMENT 1-13

1.6.1.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 1-13

1.6.1.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 1-13

1.6.1.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 1-13

1.6.1.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 1-13

1.6.2 IDENTIFICATION OF SOURCE OF POLLUTION 1-14

1.6.3 EVALUATION OF POLLUTION CONTROL AND ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

1-14

1.6.4 EVALUATION OF IMPACT 1-14

1.6.5 PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 1-14

1.7 STRUCTURE OF REPORT 1-14



2 CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES

2.1 BACKGROUND 2-1

2.2 MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES 2-2

2.3 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING 2-101

2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 2-120

2.4.1 LAND 2-120

2.4.2 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES 2-120

2.4.3 WATER AND WASTEWATER 2-120

2.4.3.1 TREATMENT PROCESS 2-123

2.4.4 SOURCES OF AIR EMISSION AND AIR POLLUTION CONTROL

EQUIPMENTS

2-129

2.4.5 NOISE LEVEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM 2-130

2.4.6 HAZARDOUS AND SOILD WASTE GENERATIONS AND DISPOSAL

SYSTEM

2-130

2.4.7 DETAILS OF UTILITIES 2-131

2.5 POWER & FUEL REQUIREMENT 2-131

2.6 DETAILS OF GREENBELT 2-132

2.7 DEPLOYMENT OF QUALIFIED/SKILLED MAN POWER 2-132

2.8 STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 2-133

3 CHAPTER 3: BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGY OF THE AREA 3-1

3.1.1 TEMPERATURE DETAILS 3-2

3.1.2 RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH) 3-3

3.1.3 RAINFALL 3-4

3.1.4 WIND SPEED 3-5

3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 3-9

3.2.1 DESIGN OF NETWORK FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

LOCATIONS

3-9

3.2.2 METHODOLOGY FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING 3-9

3.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 3-15

3.3.1 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING 3-15

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT 3-20

3.4.1 RECONNAISSANCE 3-20

3.4.2 METHODOLOGY FOR WATER QUALITY MONITORING 3-20

3.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT 3-25

3.5.1 METHODOLOGY FOR SOIL MONITORING 3-25

3.6 GEOLOGICAL DATA 3-29

3.6.1 METHOD OF PREPARATION 3-29



3.6.2 DESCRIPTION OF GEOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION AND AREA UNDER

DIFFERENT FORMATIONS

3-29

3.6.3 GEOLOGICAL MAP 3-29

3.7 LAND USE PATTERN 3-32

3.7.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION 3-32

3.7.2 AREA UNDER DIFFERENT LANDUSE 3-32

3.8 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION 3-35

3.8.1 METHOD OF PREPARATION 3-36

3.8.2 FLORA 3-36

3.8.3 FAUNA 3-38

3.9 DRAINAGE PATTERN 3-40

3.10 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 3-41

3.10.1 SETTLEMENTS AND DEMOGRAPHIC PATTERN 3-41

3.10.1.1 SETTLEMENTS 3-41

3.10.1.2 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST 3-41

3.10.1.3 LITERACY RATE 3-45

3.10.2 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 3-47

3.10.3 AMENITIES 3-47

4 CHAPTER 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS 4-1

4.2 PREDICTIONS AND EVALUATION OF IMPACTS 4-8

4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT 4-8

4.2.1.1 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 4-8

4.2.1.2 IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE 4-9

4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 4-9

4.2.2.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS 4-9

4.2.2.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS 4-10

4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 4-20

4.2.3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS 4-20

4.2.3.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS 4-21

4.2.4 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE DETAILS 4-21

4.2.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 4-21

4.2.4.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACT 4-22

4.2.4.3 TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE 4-23

4.2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES 4-23

4.2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS 4-24

4.2.7 HOUSING 4-24

4.2.8 ECOLOGY 4-24



4.2.8.1 NATURAL VEGETATION 4-24

4.2.8.2 CROPS 4-24

4.2.8.3 FISHERIES AND AQUATIC LIFE 4-24

4.2.8.4 AESTHETIC ENVIRONMENT 4-25

4.2.8.5 DEMOGRAPHY, ECONOMICS, SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN

SETTLEMENT

4-25

4.2.8.6 FOREST, NATIONAL PARKS / SANCTUARIES 4-27

4.2.8.7 PLACES OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL/HISTORICAL/RELIGIOUS/TOURIST

INTEREST

4-27

4.3 MATRIX REPRESENTATION 4-27

4.3.1 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 4-27

5 CHAPTER 5: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

5.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN 5-1

5.1.1 LABORATORY FACILITIES 5-3

5.1.2 DOCUMETATION & RECORDS 5-3

5.1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL (EMC) 5-4

5.1.3.1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC 5-5

5.1.4 DETAILED BUDGET 5-5

6 CHAPTER 6: ADDITIONAL STUDIES

6.1 RISK ASSESSMENT 6-1

6.1.1 INTRODUCTION 6-1

6.1.2 APPROACH TO THE STUDY 6-1

6.1.3 METHODOLOGY 6-2

6.1.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 6-4

6.1.4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF FAILURE CASES FOR HAZARDOUS AREAS 6-4

6.1.4.2 MAJOR HAZARDOUS AREAS 6-4

6.1.5 HANDLING OF CORROSIVE CHEMICALS 6-10

6.1.6 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 6-11

6.1.6.1 DAMAGE CRITERIA 6-12

6.1.6.2 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS 6-17

6.1.7 RISK ASSESSMENT SUMMARY 6-30

6.1.7.1 PROCESS SAFETY 6-30

6.1.7.2 FOR HAZARDOUS STORAGE TANK FARM 6-31

6.1.7.3 FOR DRUM/CARBOY STORAGE AREA 6-32

6.1.7.4 TRANSPORTATION 6-33

6.1.8 OTHER RISK REDUCTION OPPORTUNITIES 6-33

6.1.9 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ALARP 6-33

6.1.10 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM 6-34



6.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 6-35

6.2.1 DEFIING THE NATURE OF EMERGENCY 6-36

6.2.1.1 LEVEL OF EMERGENCY CAN BE CLASSIFIED IN THREE CATEGORIES 6-36

6.2.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 6-36

6.2.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 6-37

6.2.3.1 CHIEF EMERGENCY CONTROLLER 6-38

6.2.3.2 INCIDENT CONTROLLER (IC) AND DEPUTY INCIDENT CONTROLLER

(DIC)

6-39

6.2.3.3 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER (SMC) 6-40

6.2.3.4 KEY PERSONNELS 6-42

6.2.3.5 ESSENTIAL WORKERS 6-42

6.2.3.6 ASSEMABLY POINT 6-43

6.2.3.7 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER (ECC) 6-43

6.2.3.8 FIRE CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS 6-44

6.2.3.9 MEDICAL SERVICES 6-45

6.2.3.10 OTHER ARRANGEMENTS 6-45

6.3 COMMMUNICATION SYSTEM 6-46

6.3.1 RAISING THE ALARM 6-46

6.3.2 DECLARING THE MAJOR EMERGENCY 6-47

6.3.3 TELEPHONE MESSAGES 6-47

6.3.4 COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY & STATUTORY INFORMATION 6-47

6.3.4.1 COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY 6-47

6.3.4.2 STATUTORY INFORMATION 6-48

6.4 ACTION ON SITE 6-49

6.4.1 PRE-EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES 6-49

6.4.1.1 INTERNAL SAFETY SURVEY 6-49

6.4.1.2 THIRD PARTY SURVEY 6-49

6.4.1.3 PRESSURE VESSEL TESTING/ EXAMINATION 6-50

6.4.1.4 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING (NDT) 6-50

6.4.1.5 SAFETY RELIEF VALVES TESTING 6-50

6.4.1.6 FIRE SYSTEM TESTING 6-51

6.4.1.7 MUTUAL AID SCHEME 6-51

6.4.1.8 MOCK-DRILLS 6-51

6.4.1.9 SAFETY TRAINING 6-52

6.4.1.10 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 6-52

6.4.1.11 COMMUNICATION 6-53

6.4.1.12 EMERGENCY LIGHTS 6-53

6.4.1.13 EMERGENCY CONTROL ROOM 6-53

6.4.1.14 ASSEMBLY POINTS 6-53

6.4.1.15 LIAISON WITH STATE AUTHORITIES 6-53



6.4.1.16 HOSPITAL FACILITIES 6-54

6.4.1.17 OUTSIDE SHELTER 6-54

6.4.1.18 STATUTORY INFORMATION 6-54

6.4.1.19 PROTECTIVE DEVICES & ENGINEERING MAINTENANCE 6-54

6.4.1.20 LIST OF SUPPLIERS OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT 6-55

6.4.1.21 FIRE PREVENTION PLAN 6-55

6.4.2 POST EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES 6-56

6.4.3 EMERGENCY TIME ACTIVITIES 6-56

6.4.3.1 FLAMMABLE RELEASES 6-56

6.4.3.2 TOXIC RELEASES 6-57

6.4.3.3 CHEMICAL SPILL 6-58

6.4.4 EVACUATION & TRANSPORTATION 6-58

6.4.5 SAFE CLOSE-DOWN 6-59

6.4.6 USE OF MUTUAL AID 6-59

6.4.7 HELP OF EXTERNAL AUTHORIES 6-59

6.4.8 MEDICAL TREATMENT 6-59

6.4.9 ACCOUNTING FOR PERSONNEL 6-59

6.4.10 ACCESS TO RECORDS 6-59

6.4.11 PUBLIC RELATIONS 6-60

6.4.12 REHABILITATION 6-60

6.5 OFF – SITE EMERGENCY PLAN 6-60

6.5.1 NEED OF THE OFF – SITE EMERGENCY PLAN 6-61

6.5.2 STRUCTURE OF THE OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN 6-61

6.5.3 ROLE OF FACTORY MANAGEMENT 6-61

6.5.4 ROLE OF EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATION OFFICER (ECO) 6-61

6.5.5 ROLE OF THE FIRE AUTHORITIES 6-62

6.5.6 ROLE OF THE HEALTH AUTHORITIES 6-62

6.5.7 ROLE OF TELEPHONE DEPARTMENT 6-62

6.5.8 ROLE OF POLICE AND EVACUATION AUTHORITIES 6-62

6.5.9 ROLE OF THE MUTUAL-AID AGENCIES 6-63

6.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 6-63

6.6.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 6-63

6.6.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION 6-63

6.6.1.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE 6-64

6.6.1.3 HOSPITAL FACILITIES 6-65

6.6.1.4 FACTORY MEDICAL OFFICER (FMO) 6-65

6.6.1.5 PROPOSED FACILITY TO BE MADE AVAILABLE AT OHC 6-65

6.6.1.6 AMBULANCE VAN 6-65

6.6.1.7 FIRST AID BOX 6-66

6.6.1.8 PERIODIC MEDICAL EXAMINATION 6-66



6.6.1.9 EMP FOR THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH HAZARDS SO

THAT SUCH EXPOSURE CAN BE KEPT WITHIN PERMISSIBLE

EXPOSURE LEVEL (PEL)/THRESHOLD LEVEL VALUE (TLV) SO AS TO

PROTECT HEALTH OF WORKERS

6-66

6.6.1.10 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM 6-68

6.6.2 SAFETY PLAN 6-69

6.6.3 SAFETY ORGANIZATION 6-71

6.6.4 SAFETY CIRCLE 6-71

6.6.5 SAFETY TRAINING 6-71

6.6.6 HEALTH AND SAFETY MONITORING PLAN 6-72

6.7 TRAINING, REHERASAL & RECORDS 6-72

6.7.1 NEED OF TRAINNING & REHEARASAL 6-72

6.7.2 SOME CHECK POINTS 6-73

6.7.3 RECORDS AND UPDATING THE PLAN 6-73

7 CHAPTER 7: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 BACKGROUND 7-1

7.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) 7-1

7.2.1 OBJECTIVES 7-1

7.2.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT 7-3

7.2.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 7-4

7.2.3.1 ACTION PLAN TO CONTROL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AS PER

NAAQES STANDARDS

7-4

7.2.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 7-8

7.2.5 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 7-9

7.2.5.1 METHODOLOGY OF DE-CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF

DISCARDED DRUM AND ITS RECORD KEEPING

7-11

7.2.5.2 IDENTIFICATION OF RECYCLE/REUSE, CLEANER PRODUCTION AND

CO-PROCESSING

7-11

7.2.6 PLAN FOR MANAGEMENT, COLLECTION & DISPOSAL OF WASTE

STREAMS TO BE GENERTED FROM LEAKAGE, SPILLAGE, VESSEL

WASHING & USED CONTAINER WASHING

7-12

7.2.6.1 MEASURES PROPOSED FOR PREVENTING EFFLUENT DISCHARGE

DURING UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES

7-12

7.2.7 WATER CONSERVATION AND RECHARGING 7-13

7.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 7-13

7.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 7-16

7.3.2 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY 7-17

7.3.3 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY 7-17

7.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 7-17



7.5 MEASURES FOR CONSERVATION OF ENERGY 7-19

7.6 NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION 7-20

7.7 SKILLED AND TRAINED MANPOWER 7-21

7.8 SOCIO ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES 7-22

7.9 CAPITAL COST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANGEMENT 7-23

8 CHAPTER 8: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF PROJECT

8.1 SUBJECT 8-1

8.2 NEED AND JUSTIFICATION OF PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT 8-1

8.3 PRODUCTS ALONG WITH PRODUCTION CAPACITY 8-1

8.4 WATER REQUIREMENT, WASTE WATER GENERATION AND

TREATMENT & MODE OF DISPOSAL

8-5

8.5 DETAILS OF SOURCE OF EMISSION AND APCM 8-6

8.6 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL MODE 8-7

8.7 NOISE LEVEL CONTROL/PREVENTION MEASURES 8-8

8.8 GREEN BELT 8-8

8.9 POWER & FUEL REQUIREMENTS 8-8

8.10 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS 8-9

8.11 CAPITAL AND RECURRING COST EARMARKED FOR

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

8-10

8.12 CONCLUSION 8-10

9 CHAPTER 9: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 9-1

ANNEXURES A-1



LIST OF TABLES

TABLE

NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1.1 PROJECT COST BREAK-UP 1-3

1.2 LAND BREAK-UP 1-3

1.3 LIST OF PRODUCTS WITH THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITY 1-6

1.4 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM

PROJECT SITE 1-10

2.1 RAW MATERIALS CONSUMPTION 2-101

2.2 DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION & WASTE WATER GENERATION 2-121

2.3 DETAILS SOURCE OF EMISSION AND AIR POLLUTION CONTROL

EQUIPMENTS 2-129

2.4 DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTES GENERATION AND DISPOSAL

MODE 2-130

3.1 TEMPERATURE DATA 3-2

3.2 RELATIVE HUMIDITY DETAILS 3-3

3.3 RAINFALL DATA 3-4

3.4 WIND SPEED DATA 3-5

3.5 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA (PERIOD – OCTOBER TO

DECEMBER, 2017) 3-6

3.6 DETAILS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS 3-10

3.7 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS (OCTOBER TO DECEMBER, 2017) 3-12

3.8A DETAILS OF AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS 3-16

3.8B BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS (OCTOBER TO DECEMBER, 2017) 3-18

3.9 NOISE LEVELS DUE TO TRANSPORTATION 3-18

3.10 SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR MONITORING SURFACE AND GROUND

WATER QUALITY 3-20

3.11 WATER QUALITY- PHYSICAL PARAMETERS (OCTOBER TO DECEMBER,

2017) 3-22

3.12 SAMPLING LOCATIONS: SOIL QUALITY 3-25



3.13 PHYSICO-CHEMICALS CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL (OCTOBER TO

DECEMBER, 2017) 3-27

3.14 AREAS UNDER DIFFERENT LANDUSE 3-33

3.15 LIST OF FLORA 3-36

3.16 LIST OF FAUNA 3-38

3.17 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA 3-42

3.18 POPULATION DENSITY 3-43

3.19 LITERACY RATE 3-45

3.20 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 3-44

3.21 DETAILS OF AMMENITIES AVAILABLE IN STUDY AREA 3-48

4.1 DETAILS OF EMISSION FROM STACK & VENTS 4-11

4.2 SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT 4-18

4.3 PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 4-20

4.4 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX 4-28

4.5 CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION STAGE POTENTIAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATIVE MEASURES 4-30

4.6 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX 4-31

4.7 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 4-32

5.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN 5-2

6.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 6-6

6.2 HAZARDOUS PROPERTIES OF THE CHEMICALS, COMPATIBILITIES,

SPECIAL HAZARD AND ANTIDOTES 6-7

6.3 OTHER HAZARDS AND CONTROL 6-8

6.4 POSSIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIOS 6-21

6.5 PROPOSED FACILITIES TO BE MAINTAINED FOR FIRE FIGHTING 6-35

7.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 7-2



LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE

NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1.1 PROJECT SITE LOCATION (GOOGLE MAP) 1-2

1.2 PLOT LAYOUT 1-4

1.3 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS 1-11

1.4 E.I.A. PLAN & PROCEDURE 1-16

3.1A WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 3-7

3.1B STABILITY CLASS DISTRIBUTION 3-8

3.2 LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS 3-11

3.3 LOCATION OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS 3-17

3.4 LOCATIONS OF WATER SAMPLING STATIONS 3-21

3.5 LOCATIONS OF SOIL SAMPLING STATIONS 3-26

3.6 MAJOR GEOLOGICAL FEATURES 3-30

3.7 LANDUSE / LANDCOVER 3-34

3.8 DRAINAGE PATTERN 3-41

3.9 POPULATION DENSITY AND SEX RATIO 3-44

3.10 LITERACY RATE 3-46

4.1 IMPACT NETWORK ON ENVIRONMENT 4-2

4.2 ISOPLETHS (EXISTING & PROPOSED) 4-12

6.1 QRA METHODOLOGY 6-2

6.2 FLOW CHART FOR QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 6-3

6.3 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA 6-5

7.1 ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 7-15



COPY OF TORs FROM MoEFCC, NEW DELHI



COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCES (TORs) – MoEFCC, NEW DELHI

Sr. No ToR Point Status

Specific TOR

1. Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent

recovery and for emissions control.

Company will not use the solvent for dyes

manufacturing.

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit

and its arrangement to control.

There will not process emission from the

proposed unit.

3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other

process-specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,

HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-as applicable)

Refer Table 3.7, Chapter-3 in EIA Report (Page

No. 3-12)

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous

chemicals.

Hazardous Chemicals are within the TLV/ PEL as

per ACGIH recommendation by using gas

monitor and work place ambient air

monitoring.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including

segregation of effluent streams for units adopting

'Zero' liquid discharge.

M/s. S. M. Industries has ETP, Spray Dryer and

Single Stage Vacuum Evaporation system to

achieve zero discharge of waste water.

6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted. Company will adopt the latest technology to

control odour.

7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding

signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly

that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste

generated.

Company will make the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers after getting EC and CTE.

8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid

effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF,

if any.

Please refer Annexure-9 in EIA Report.

9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. Company will sell the dryers salts to Tinting

dyes to end user.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are

being used/will be used.


11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.


12. Details of incinerator if to be installed. Company will not install the incinerator.

13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of

hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for

handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Risk assessment is referred as Chapter-6 and

Action plan for handling & safety system is

referred as Section 6.1.4.2, Chapter-6 in EIA

Report (Page No. 6-4).

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of

workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

Occupational health and safety is referred as

Section 6.6, Chapter-6 in EIA Report (Page No.

6-63).

General TOR

1 Executive Summary Refer Chapter-8

2 Introduction

i Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET

accreditation

Refer Chapter-9 & Annexure - 11

ii Information about the project proponent Refer Section – 1.1.1, Chapter-1, Page No. 1-1

iii Importance and benefits of the project Refer Section 1.2.2, Chapter-1, Page No. 1-3

3 Project Description

i Cost of project and time of completion Total capital investment for the proposed

project activities is Rs. 4.0 crores.

Time of completion: 8 Month after getting EC



and CTE.

ii Products with capacities for the proposed project Refer Section 1.2.5, Chapter-1, Page No. 1-5

iii If expansion project, details of existing products

with capacities and whether adequate land is

available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if

any

Refer Section 1.2.5, Chapter-1, Page No. 1-5

iv List of raw materials required and their source along

with mode of transportation

Refer Section 2.3, Chapter-2, Page No. 2-101

v Other chemicals and materials required with

quantities and storage capacities

Refer Table 6.1, Chapter-6, Page No. 6-6.

vi Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste

generation and their management

Details of Emission, effluents - Refer Section

2.4.4, Chapter-2, Page No. 2-129,

Details of effluents - Refer Section 2.4.3,

Chapter-2, Page No. 2-120,

Details of hazardous waste generation and

their management - Refer Section 2.4.6,

Chapter-2, Page No. 2-130

vii Requirement of water, power, with source of

supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,

man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Water:

Source of Water Supply – Ground water

Requirement of water = 31 KL/Day

Water Balance is referred as Section 2.4.3,

Chapter-2, Page No. 2-122,

Power:

Requirement of Power = 80 KVA

Source of Power = MGVCL

Man power requirement = 30 Nos. of person

viii Process description along with major equipments

and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities)

from raw material to products to be provided

Refer Section 2.2, Chapter-2, Page No. 2-1.

ix Hazard identification and details of proposed safety

systems

Refer Section 6.1.4, Chapter-6, Page No. 6-4.

x Expansion/modernization proposals Expansion

a Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including

Amendments thereto obtained for the project from

MoEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A

certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the

Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and

Forests as per circular dated 30th

May, 2012 on the

status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all

the existing environmental clearances including

Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status

of compliance of Consent to Operate for the

ongoing Existing operation of the project from SPCB

shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report

Existing Plant was established before 2006 and

copy of CCA before 2006 is attached as

Annexure – 7.

b In case the existing project has not obtained

environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC

under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994

and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided.

Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection

Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units

operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and

CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall

be submitted. Further, compliance report to the

Existing Plant was established before 2006 and

copy of CCA before 2006 is attached as

Annexure – 7.



conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be

submitted

4 Site Details

i Location of the project site covering village,

Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for

selecting the site, whether other sites were

considered

Refer Section 1.2 Chapter-1, Page No. 1-2.

Proposed Expansion is within the existing

premises

ii A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and

site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an

A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and

environmentally sensitive places)

Refer Figure – 1.4, Chapter-1, Page No. 1-11

iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Proposed Expansion is within the existing

premises

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site longitude 72°35'42.93"E and latitude

22°20'55.82"N

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site Refer Figure 1.1, Chapter-1, Page No. 1-2.

vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as

proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area,

greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an

Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial

Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial

area/Estate

Refer Figure 1.2, Chapter-1, Page No. 1-4.

vii Photographs of the proposed and existing (if

applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs

of plantation/greenbelt, in particular


premises.

viii Landuse break-up of total land of the project site

(identified and acquired), government/private -

agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies,

settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for

industrial area)

Refer Table 1.2, Chapter-1, Page No. 1-3.

ix A list of major industries with name and type within

study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated.

Land use details of the study area


x Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of

the study area shall be included


xi Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius

of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any

major river, peak and lean season river discharge as

well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak

rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood

Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level

of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field

projects)


Xii Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not

complete, stage of the acquisition process and

expected time of complete possession of the land


premises

xiii R&R details in respect of land in line with State

Government policy


premises.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable) Not Applicable

6 Environmental Status

i Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the

project site and site-specific micrometeorological

data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly

wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Refer Section 3.1, Chapter-3, Page No. 3-1 to 3-

6.

ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and other parameters relevant

Refer Table-3.7, Chapter-3, Page No. 3-12.



to the project shall be collected. The monitoring

stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take

into account the pre-dominant wind direction,

population zone and sensitive receptors including

reserved forests.

iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of

all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM

Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max.,

average and 98% values for each of the AAQ

parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be

provided as an annexure to the EIA Report


iv Surface water quality of nearby River (100m

upstream and downstream of discharge point) and

other surface drains at eight locations as per

CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines


v Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of

river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give

details

Not Applicable

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations

shall be included


vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the

study area

Refer Table-3.8B, Chapter-3, Page No. 3-18.

viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines Refer Table 3.13, Chapter-3, Page No. 3-27.

ix Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency

of vehicles for transportation of materials,

additional traffic due to proposed project, parking

arrangement etc

Truck – 2 Nos./Day

Tempo – 5 Nos./Day

Small Tempo -10 Nos./Day

Car – 3 Nos./Day

x Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial

and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given

with special reference to rare, endemic and

endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found

within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan

shall be prepared and furnished.

Refer Section 3.8, Chapter-3, Page No. 3-36 to

3-40.

xi Socio-economic status of the study area Refer Section 3.10, Chapter-3, Page No. 3-42.

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

i Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutants from the stack emission based on site-

specific meteorological features. In case the project

is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall

be done using inputs of the specific terrain

characteristics for determining the potential

impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative

impact of all sources of emissions (including

transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be

assessed. Details of the model used and the input

data used for modeling shall also be provided. The

air quality contours shall be plotted on a location

map showing the location of project site, habitation

nearby, sensitive receptors, if any

Refer Section 4.2.2.2, Chapter-4, Page No. 4-10

to 4-20.

ii Water Quality modeling – in case of discharge in

water body

Not Applicable as unit is ZLD.

iii Impact of the transport of the raw materials and

end products on the surrounding environment shall

be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for

transport of raw materials and finished products

and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road


to 4-26.



transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be

examined

iv A note on treatment of wastewater from different

plant operations, extent recycled and reused for

different purposes shall be included. Complete

scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of

untreated and treated effluent to meet the

prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules


v Details of stack emission and action plan for control

of emissions to meet standards


vi Measures for fugitive emission control Refer Section 7.2.3, Chapter-7, Page No. 7-6.

vii Details of hazardous waste generation and their

storage, utilization and management. Copies of

MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous

waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP

shall include the concept of waste-minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy

conservation, and natural resource conservation.


viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per

Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action

shall be provided

Not Applicable

ix Action plan for the green belt development plan in

33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees

per ha. Giving details of species, width of

plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included.

The green belt shall be around the project boundary

and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the

project shall also be incorporated


x Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at

plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater

from the roof tops and storm water drains to

recharge the ground water and also to use for the

various activities at the project site to conserve

fresh water and reduce the water requirement from

other sources

Company will make action plan for rainwater

harvesting measures at plant site.

xi Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for

environmental pollution control measures shall be

included

Total capital investment for the proposed

project activities is Rs. 4.0 crores.

xii Action plan for post-project environmental

monitoring shall be submitted

Refer Table 5.1, Chapter-5 in EIA Report (Page

No. 5-2)

xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made)

Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan

including Risk Assessment and damage control.

Disaster management plan should be linked with

District Disaster Management Plan

Refer Section 6.2, Chapter – 6, Page No. 6-35.

8 Occupational health

i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational

health & safety of all contract and casual workers

Company will allot Rs.10 Lakh for the

occupational health & safety of all contract and

casual workers.

ii Details of exposure specific health status evaluation

of worker. If the workers’ health is being evaluated

by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry,

Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, Colour

vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre

placement and periodical examinations give the

details of the same. Details regarding last month



6-63).



analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as

per age, sex, duration of exposure and department

wise

iii Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards.

What are the exposure levels of hazards and

whether they are within Permissible Exposure level

(PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures

the company has adopted to keep them within PEL

so that health of the workers can be preserved



6-63).

iv Annual report of heath status of workers with

special reference to Occupational Health and

Safety.

Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain

physical fitness of the person to do the

particular job

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report

Refer Section 7.3.1, Chapter – 7, Page No. 7-16.

ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard

operating process / procedures to bring into focus

any infringement / deviation / violation of the

environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it

may be detailed in the EIA


iii What is the hierarchical system or Administrative

order of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring compliance

with the environmental clearance conditions?

Details of this system may be given.


iv Does the company have system of reporting of non

compliances / violations of environmental norms to

the Board of Directors of the company and / or

shareholders or stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA

report


10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as

sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as well as to the

casual workers including truck drivers during

operation phase.

Infrastructure facilities such as sanitation,

restroom etc. shall be provided to the labour

force as well as to the casual workers including

truck drivers during operation phase.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost)

shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social

Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and

item-wise details along with time bound action plan

shall be included. Socio-economic development

activities need to be elaborated upon

Refer Section 7.8,Chapter – 7 Page No. 7-22

12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or

any direction/order passed by any Court of Law

against the project, if so, details thereof shall also

be included. Has the unit received any notice under

the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so,

details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s)

and present status of the case.

There is no any litigation pending against the

project and/or any direction/order passed by

any Court of Law against the project.

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance

of above TORs.

As Above

14 The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a period of

three years for submission of the EIA-EMP reports.

Complied



May 07, 2018

UNDERTAKING

We S.M. INDUSTRIES, own this EIA Report for proposed Expansion of Dyes & New

Pigments in Existing Unit at Survey No. 192/4, Village: Sokhada, Taluka: Khambhat,

Dist: Anand, Gujarat – 388620

Thanking You,

Yours faithfully,



Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA Report of

M/s. S.M. INDUSTRIES

SURVEY NO. 192/4, VILLAGE: SOKHADA,

TALUKA: KHAMBHAT, DIST. ANAND,

GUJARAT – 388 620

EIA COORDINATOR

Name Signature

Mr. Chetan R. Kabariya



Declaration by Head of the Organization

I, Jayeshkumar S. Patel hereby confirm that the above mentioned team members were

involved in preparation of EIA Report of M/s. S.M. Industries I also confirm that I shall be

fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.


Prepared By: Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Surat 1-1

CHAPTER – 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. S. M. Industries engaged in manufacturing dyes located at Survey No. 192/4, Village:

Sokhada, Taluka: Khambhat, Dist: Anand – 388 620, Gujarat.

Now, company is going for expansion of existing manufacturing unit by increasing

production capacity of existing products and addition of new products within existing

premises.

1.1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT

The Board of Directors of the company are very experienced industrialists. They are:

Sr. No. Name Designation

1 Mr. Rakesh Shah B.E Chem

2 Mr. Dilip Shah B.Sc

3 Mrs. Jaisriben Shah B.Com

4 Mrs. Kavita Shah B.Com

1.1.2 STATUTORY REQUIREMENT

As per Schedule of the EIA Notification, 2006 as amended till date, the proposed expansion

project is covered under project or activity 5(f) requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC)

and they are categorized as Category ‘A’, requiring Environmental Clearance (EC) from the

EAC, New Delhi.



1.2 PROJECT DETAILS

1.2.1 PROJECT SITE LOCATION

FIGURE - 1.1

PROJECT SITE LOCATION (GOOGLE MAP)



1.2.2 IMPORTANCE AND BENEFITS OF PROJECT

Based on informal survey of the market with various manufacturers and traders, company

has found that there is a big potential for the range of the products that are intended to be

manufactured in domestic as well as in international market. To meet this demand,

company proposes expansion of existing manufacturing unit. The project will also save forex

as certain products import will be reduced. This will also generate direct and indirect

employment opportunity for various levels of people.

1.2.3 TOTAL PROJECT COST

Total capital investment for the proposed project activities is Rs. 4.0 crores.

TABLE-1.1

PROJECT COST BREAK-UP

Sr.

No. Description

Project Cost (Rs in Crore)

Existing Total Proposed

1 Land Cost 0.25 0.25

2 Building 0.1 0.50

3 Plant & Machinery 0.6 2.25

4 Environment Management System 0.1 1.0

Total 1.05 4.0

1.2.4 TOTAL LAND ACCQUIRED AND ITS BREAK-UP

Total Land Area: 4,452 m2

TABLE-1.2

LAND BREAK-UP

SR.

NO. LAND USE

AREA (SQ. MT.)

EXISTING TOTAL

PROPOSED

1 Administration office & lab 65 100

2 Process 525 1250

3 Storage 65 125

4 Parking 0 300

5 Effluent treatment plant 350 500

6 Green Belt 3447 2177

Total 4,452 4,452



FIGURE - 1.2

PLOT LAYOUT



1.2.5 PRODUCTS DETAILS

TABLE-1.3

LIST OF PRODUCTS WITH THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITY

Sr.

No.

Products CAS No. LD50 –

Oral -Rat

(mg/Kg)

End Use Production Capacity

(MT/Month)

Existing Total

after

Proposed

Expansion

1 Azo Dyes (Crude)* -- --

Textile

Industries

5 100

Azo Dyes (Blending & Grinding)* 10

2 AMARANTH 915-67-3 -

3 BISMARK BROWN 8005-77-4 -

4 CARMOSINE 3567-69-9 -

5 CHROM BLACK T 1787-61-7 17590

6 CHRYSODINE 532-82-1 >2000

7 CRYSOPHYNINE 2870-32-8 -

8 MORDENT YELLOW 20 6471-07-4 -

9 SUNSET YELLOW 2783-94-0 -

LIQUID DYES SOLN OF

ABOVE MATERIAL

-- --

PIGMENTS ---

10 PIGMENT ORANGE 5 3468-63-1 980

11 PIGMENT ORANGE 13 3520-72-7 >5000

12 PIGMENT ORANGE 34 15793-73-4 >5000

13 PIGMENT RED 2 6041-94-7 -

14 PIGMENT RED 12 6410-32-8 980

15 PIGMENT RED 48 7023-61-2 -

16 PIGMENT RED 53 5160-02-1 >2000

17 PIGMENT RED 57.1 5281-04-9 -

18 PIGMENT RED 63 6417-83-0 -

19 PIGMENT RED 112 6535-46-2 980

20 PIGMENT RED 170 2786-76-7 >1500

21 PIGMENT VIOLET 23 6358-30-1 >5000

22 PIGMENT YELLOW 1 2512-29-0 -

23 PIGMENT YELLOW 12 6358-85-6 980




25 PIGMENT YELLOW 17 4531-49-1 11250

26 PIGMENT YELLOW 61 12286-65-6 -

PIGMENT PASTE OF ALL

ABOVE PIGMENTS

-- -

SOLVENT DYES* ---

27 SOLVENT ORANGE 1 2051-85-6 >5000

28 SOLVENT RED 24 85-83-6 -

29 SOLVENT RED 27 1320-06-5 -

30 SOLVENT YELLOW 2 60-11-07 200

31 SOLVENT YELLOW 14 842-07-09 -

ACID DYES* ---

32 ACID RED 1 3734-67-6 800

33 ACID RED 4 2611-82-7 -

34 ACID RED 18 5413-75-2 -

35 ACID RED 73 1658-56-6 -

36 ACID RED 88 10169-02-5 -

37 ACID RED 97 6459-94-5 -

38 ACID RED 114 12220-20-1 -

39 ACID RED 119 6548-30-7 -

40 ACID RED 128 6222-63-5 >5000

41 ACID RED 137 2611-82-7 -

42 ACID RED 214 6656-02-6 -

43 ACID RED 231 6360-06-01 >5000

44 ACID YELLOW 1 846-70-8 -

45 ACID YELLOW 11 6359-82-6 -

46 ACID YELLOW 17 6359-98-4 -

47 ACID YELLOW 23 1934-21-0 -

48 ACID YELLOW 36 587-98-4 5000

49 ACID YELLOW 42 6375-55-9 -

50 ACID YELLOW 59 5601-29-6 -

51 ACID YELLOW 79 12220-70-1 >5000

52 ACID BLACK 1 1064-48-8 2000

53 ACID BLACK 18 6227-09-4 >8000

54 ACID BLACK 21 10142-78-6 >5000

55 ACID BLACK 26 6406-45-7 >5000

56 ACID BLACK 41 5850-37-33 -

57 ACID BLACK 52 5610-64-0 -

58 ACID BLACK 58 12218-

949/

71839-85-5

--

59 ACID BLACK 63 32517-36-5 -

60 ACID BLACK 194 61931-02-0 >5000

61 ACID BLACK 210 99576-15-5 >5000

62 ACID BLUE 158 6370-08-7 -

63 ACID BROWN 14 5850-16-8 -



64 ACID BROWN 28 12238-94-7 -

65 ACID BROWN 121 6487-04-3 >5000

66 ACID GREEN 19 4587-81-2 >2000

67 ACID ORANGE 7 633-96-5 >3200

68 ACID ORANGE 10 1936-15-8 -

69 ACID ORANGE 30 5572-43-0 -

70 ACID ORANGE 72 6408-27-1 >3200

LIQUID DYES SOLN OF

ABOVE MATERIAL

-- -

DIRECT DYES* ---

71 DIRECT BLACK NB -- -

72 DIRECT BLACK 19 6428-31-5 300

73 DIRECT BLACK 22 6473-13-8 -

74 DIRECT BLACK 168 85631-88-5 -

75 DIRECT BLUE G -- -

76 DIRECT BLUE 15 6428-60-0 -

77 DIRECT SKY BLUE FB -- -

78 DIRECT FAST VIOLET

2RL

-- -

79 DIRECT ORANGE 34 12222-37-6 -

80 DIRECT RED 7 70209-93-7 -

81 DIRECT RED 23 3441-14-3 >5000

82 DIRECT RED 26 3617-80-7 -

83 DIRECT RED 80 2610-10-8 -

84 DIRECT RED 81 2610-11-9 1048

85 DIRECT RED 89 12217-67-3 >2000

86 DIRECT RED 239 60202-35-9 -

87 DIRECT YELLOW 4 3051-11-4 -

88 DIRECT BROWN NB -- -

REACTIVE DYES* ---

89 REACTIVE BLACK CNN -- 2000

90 REACTIVE BLACK 5 12225-25-1 2500

91 REACTIVE BLACK 8 12225-26-2 -

92 REACTIVE ORANGE 7 12225-83-1 -

93 REACTIVE ORANGE 122 12220-12-1 -

94 REACTIVE RED 3BS 93050-79-4 >5000

95 REACTIVE RED M 5B 12226-03-

8/ 17804-

49-8

-

96 REACTIVE RED 120 61951-82-4 -

97 REACTIVE YELLOW 15 12226-47-0 -



100 REACTIVE YELLOW 160 129898-77-

7 2000

Total 15 100



1.2.6 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

For proposed expansion project; following assumptions has been considered:

Total Production Capacity 100 MT/Month – Dyes and Pigments

Project Cost 4.0 Crores

Total Plot Area 4,452 m

2

Total working days in a year 330

Raw material storage facility 01 (one) month

Finished product storage 50 tons

Solvent Storage facility 30 days

1.2.7 EXISTING AND ADDITIONAL MAJOR EQUIPMENTS AND MACHINERIES

Sr. No. Equipments and machineries Nos. Capacity

1 Sprey Dryer 1 1200 lit/hr



1.3 PROJECT SETTING

1.3.1 LOCATION

M/s. S. M. Industries is located at Survey No. 192/4, Village: Sokhada, Taluka: Khambhat,

Dist: Anand – 388 620, Gujarat at longitude 72°35'42.93"E and latitude 22°20'55.82"N.

The industrial estate, wherein M/s. S. M. Industries is located, is near Khambhat, Vadodara

and Ahmedabad which are all important industrial and commercial centers of Gujarat and

India. The nearest large city is Khambhat, which is about 5.0 km away from project site.

Water for industrial purpose is available from bore well (1 no.). Development of

Communication systems is good in the region. Sources of water in the region include cannel,

river, and ground water resources. Common TSDF of M/s. Nandesari Environment Control

Ltd, Nandesari are about 52.0 km away respectively from the project site.

The salient features of the site are as under:

1. Minimum distances:

a) From City : Khambhat (around 5.0 Km away)

(Population 24,33,787 – approx.)

b) Railway station : Khambhat (around 5.0 Km away)

c) Historical Site : None

d) Sanctuaries : None

e) Highway : National highway No. 8, State Highway No. 16

f) Sea coast : approximately 30 km

g) TSDF (BEIL) site : 52 Km (approx.)

2. Use of forest land : None

3. Use of prime agricultural land : None

4. Planned submergence : None

5. Displacement of population : None



• Within 10 km Influence Zone

- No Defense Installation

- No Biosphere Reserve

- No National Park/ Wild Life Sanctuary

- No Ecologically sensitive area

1.3.2 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS

1.3.2.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION

Key infrastructure features have been extracted from Survey of India (SoI) topographical

maps of 1:50,000 scale. The features have been updated using satellite data and have been

verified with ancillary information derived from TTK maps and guide maps. The locations of

the settlement have been extracted from Census of India (CoI) maps and have been verified

by using SoI topographical maps and satellite data.

1.3.2.2 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM PROJECT SITE

The distance of railways and National and State highways are presented in Table 1.4 below:

TABLE 1.4

DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM PROJECT SITE

Sr.

No. Nearest Infrastructure Feature Distance from Project Site

1. State Highway SH 16 2.20 km East

2. Railway Line – Khambhat Railway Station 5.0 km South East

3. Khambhat Town 5.0 km South East

5. Anand City 40.0 Km North East

6. Mahisagar estuary 4.0 km South West

7. Vadodara Airport 60.0 Km East

8. Protected Area None within 15 Km

(Courtesy: Environmental Information Centre, New Delhi)



1.3.2.3 MAP OF KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS

A map depicting administrative boundaries up to Taluka level, showing locations of towns

and villages along with National and State highways, major and medium roads and railways

is presented as Figure 1.5. The map also shows the water bodies and forest boundaries for

better understanding of project area. The map marks the area within 10 km with the project

site as the center.

FIGURE-1.4

KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS



1.4 PURPOSE OF EIA

The purpose of EIA study is to critically analyze the construction and operation phase

activity of proposed expansion project activity with respect to operation activities, materials

consumption, air emission, hazardous waste generation and control measures to reduce the

pollution and to delineate an environmental management plan along with

recommendations and suggestions based on the finalized TOR by EAC, New Delhi.

1.5 OBJECTIVES OF EIA

The main objectives of the study are

1) To assess the background environmental status.

2) To identify potential sources of pollution.

3) To predict and evaluate the impact on environment along with pollution control

measures taken.

4) To prepare a comprehensive Environment and Disaster Management Plan.

1.6 METHODOLOGIES FOR EIA

Taking into consideration proposed expansion project activities, guidelines and TOR, an area

of 10 km radius from the center of the project has been selected and is designated as the

study area for the purpose of EIA study. Since this is expansion of existing unit, data were

collected and evaluated. All the components of TOR were studied and incorporated in this

report.

1.6.1 Base Line Environmental Condition

The samples of ambient air, ground and surface water and soil are collected and analysed as

per the standard methods for establishing the baseline data and to determine the impact of

proposed activity on the same.

1.6.1.1 Ambient Air Environment

The air environment around the plant was studied by setting up ten locations within the

study area of 10 Km radius from the project site and collection and monitoring the site

specific meteorological data, viz. wind speed and direction, humidity, rainfall and ambient

temperature. Design of network for ambient air quality monitoring location is based on

guidelines provided by CPCB. The ambient air samples were collected and analysed for SPM,

RSPM, SO2 and NOx for prediction, evaluation and assessment of potential impact on

ambient air environment.



1.6.1.2 Ground And Surface Water Environment

The water required for domestic and industrial uses is being made available from ground

water (bore well – 1 no.). Hence, to assess the Physico-chemical quality of the water, a

number of water samples were collected and analyzed for pollution parameters viz., pH,

TDS, TSS, Turbidity, BOD3, COD, Fluorides, Chlorides, Sulphates, Nitrates, Ammonical

Nitrogen, Hardness, Alkalinity, Iron, Oil & Grease, etc. and heavy metals, in order to find out

the contamination, if any.

1.6.1.3 Noise Environment

Noise pollution survey was conducted in the study zone for evaluating existing status. The

anticipated noise sources were automobile activities, which are likely to be increased due to

proposed expansion activity. Noise levels were also recorded at the noise generating places

and in the surrounding villages for evaluating general scenario of the study area. Hourly

equivalent sound levels (Leq) were also recorded for calculating Day and Night noise levels

in the surrounding villages.

1.6.1.4 Soil Environment

Soil sampling and analysis was carried out to assess physico-chemical characteristics of the

soils and delineate existing cropping pattern, existing land use and topography, within the

study area.

1.6.1.5 Biological Environment

Keeping in view, the importance of biological component of total environment due to the

proposed expansion project, biological characterization of terrestrial and aquatic

environments, changes in species diversity of flora and fauna in terrestrial as well as aquatic

systems were studied for impact analysis due to proposed project activity.

1.6.1.6 Socio-economic Environment

Demographic and related socio-economic data was collected from census handbook and EIC

to assess socio-economic status of study area. Assessment of impact on significant

historical, cultural, and archeological sites/places in the area and economic and employment

benefit arisen out from the project is studied.



1.6.2 Identification of Source of Pollution

Detailed study of manufacturing process for existing and proposed scenario is carried out

along with input and output of materials, water, and wastewater as well as infrastructure

facilities available.

1.6.3 Evaluation of Pollution Control and Environmental Management System

The qualitative and quantitative analyses of various pollution sources as well as evaluation

of pollution control system have been carried out.

1.6.4 Evaluation of Impact

A comprehensive evaluation of environmental impact with reference to proposed expansion

activities are carried out.

1.6.5 Preparation of Environmental Management Plan

A comprehensive Environmental Management Plan has been prepared covering all the

aspects of pollution prevention measures, Air and Water Pollution Control measures,

Hazardous Waste Management, Environmental Surveillance and Environmental

Management Plan.

The present EIA report is prepared as per the TOR and monitoring carried out during post

monsoon season of October to December, 2017. The baseline environmental conditions

have been established through field monitoring and literature survey. The contents of EIA

report, details of data collection and source of secondary data are presented in Figure 1.6.

1.7 STRUCTURE OF REPORT

Environment Impact and Risk Assessment (EIRA) study is carried out as per guidelines

prescribed and by TOR given EAC, Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change

(MoEFCC), New Delhi.

• Chapter-1: Introduction provides an Introduction of company, their premises and

surrounding areas. It is also expressing the basic objectives and methodologies for EIA

studies and work to be covered under each Environment component.

• Chapter-2: Project Description and Infrastructural Facilities includes Project Description

and Infrastructure facilities delineating all industrial and environmental aspect of

operation phase activities as well as process details of existing and proposed scenario.

This chapter gives information about storage and handling, water and wastewater

quantitative details, air pollution and control system, sludge storage facility, utilities,

greenbelt and safety measures for existing as well as for proposed expansion. It also



provides information about existing Environmental Management facilities available at

the project site.

• Chapter 3 covers Baseline Environmental Status including meteorological details,

Identification of baseline status of Environmental components of the surrounding area

covering air, water and land environment. Also presents a study of land use pattern,

Biological Environment & Socio-Economic Environment giving details about Bharuch city.

Metropolitan Region and the study area in terms of land use pattern, biological

environment, and socio-economic environment.

• Chapter 4 deals with Identification and Prediction of Impact, which provides

quantification of significant impacts of the proposed expansion project activity of plant

on various environmental components. Evaluation of proposed pollution control

facilities has been presented.

• Chapter 5 deals with Environmental Monitoring Plan.

• Chapter 6 describes additional studies i.e. Risk analysis and Disaster management plan

that shall be adopted by the company.

• Chapter 7 describes Environment Management Plan (EMP) to be adopted for mitigation

of anticipated adverse impacts if any and to ensure acceptable impacts.

• Chapter 8 describes Summary of the Project.

• Chapter 9 describes Details of Consultants Engaged.



FIGURE – 1.5

E.I.A. PLAN & PROCEDURE

RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY OF PLANT ANNUAL REPORT

MARKET ASSESSMENT

PROJECT REPORT

INTRODUCTION

MONITORING OF AIR, WATER & SOIL QUALITY & NOISE

LEVELS

DATA ON METEOROLOGY, SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS &

BASIC AMENITIES

SITE VISITS AND INTERVIEWS WITH LOCALS

BASELINE

ENVIRONMENTAL

STATUS CENTRAL GROUND WATER BOARD

GUJARAT POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD (GPCB)

PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING DEPT

AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT

FOREST DEPARTMENT

IRRIGATION DEPARTMENT

EMPLOYMENT EXCHANGE

HEALTH CENTER

CENSUS OF INDIA

INDIAN METEOROLOGICAL DEPT

ENVIRONMETAL INFORMATION CENTRE

SOCIOECONOMIC

STATUS &

INFRASTRUCTURE

PROPOSED

PLANT

FACILITY DESCRIPTION IMPACTS

METHODOLOGY OF

IMPACT

ASSESSMENT

IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS

EVALUATION OF IMPACTS BY MATRIX METHOD

SOURCE OF INFORMATION OVERVIEW OF

E. I. A. STUDIES ACTIVITIES

ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN DESCRIPTION OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLAN, AIR

POLLUTION CONTROL, HAZARDOUS WASTE

MANAGEMENT, GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

MONITORING PROGRAM

CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

PREPARATION OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

RISK ASSESSMENT

STUDIES &

DISASTER

MANAGEMENT PLAN

SAFETY, HEALTH & ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY GUIDELINES BY

DIRECTOR GENERAL OF FACTORY SAFETY, MINISTRY OF LABOR



CHAPTER - 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES

2.1 BACKGROUND



2.2 MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES

Manufacturing activities in proposed expansion project include various processes. The

activities also include operation of various utilities. The manufacturing process is described

in details in following sections.

1. AZO DYES (CRUDE)

Manufacturing of all dyes mentioned in products list are known as azodyes.

• AZO DYES

2. AMARANTH

Process Description:

It is mono azo dyes for which first make Sodium Nepthionate is diazotized with sodium

nitrite in presence hydrochloric acid at bellow 5 deg temp and stir for 2 hr. Then dizo

component is coupled with R Salt in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr and

isolate at 70 deg then transfer to spray dry.

Chemical Reaction:

C10H9O3SN + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C10H7O3SN=NCl

C10H7O3SN=NCl + C10H8O7S2 + Na2CO3 -------→ C20H11O10S3N2Na3 + CO2↑ + NaCl



Mass Balance:

INPUT QTY(Kg) OUTPUT QTY(Kg)

Sodium Nepthionate 0.350 CO2 0.145

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

3.0

Sodium Nitrite 0.125 Dye 1.00

R.Salt 0.450 Water Evaporated 3.08

Soda Ash 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.500

Ice 2.500

Total 7.225 Total 7.225

3. BISMARK BROWN


It is Poly azo dyes for which first make m-Toludibelenedinamine (MTD) is diazotized with

sodium nitrite in presence hydrochloric acid at bellow 0 deg temp. Then dizo component is

coupled with m.Toludibelenedinamine (MTD) in Acidic medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir

for 5 hr. it is directy intercouple one another.

Chemical Reaction:

(C7H10N2)3 + 2NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C21H24N8 + NaCl + H2O

Mass Balance:


MTD 0.950 CO2 0.00

HCl 1.500 Washing

Regenerate

4.000

NaNO2 0.360 DYE 1.010

ICE 3.000 Water Evaporated 4.05

SALT 0.250

WATER 3.000

TOTAL 9.06 TOTAL 9.06



4. CARMOSINE



nitrite in presence hydrochloric acid at bellow 5 deg temp. and stir for 2 hr. Then dizo

component is coupled with N W Acid in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr

and isolateat 70deg then transfer to spray dry.

Chemical Reaction:


C10H7O3SN=NCl + C10H8O4S + Na2CO3 -------→ C20H13O7S2N2Na2 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Sodium Nepthionate 0.525 Co2 0.220

HCl 0.750 Washing

Regenerate

4.0


N W Acid 0.480 Water Evaporated 4.325

Soda Ash 0.750

Salt(NaCl) 0.400

Water 3.500

Ice 3.000




5. CHROME BLACK T


4-Amino-3-Hydroxy-7-Nitronaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid diazo and Naphthalene-1-ol

matches will result in aqueous solution with formic acid chromium. Heating at 115 oC for 2

hr. and then into the same batch of have no complexation half of the dyes and sodium

hydroxide move into alkaline, drying. The component of product is about 2 to 3 moose

single atoms chromium azo dyes.

Chemical Reaction:

C10H6O6N3S+C10H8O+NaOH →C20H13O7N3SNa+NaCl

Mass Balance:


6 nitro diazo 0.285 Washing

Regenerate

1.190

HCl 1.000 Dye 0.590

Alpha Napthol 0..145 Water Evaporated 3.910

Chromium sulphate 0.600

NaOH 0.060

Water 1.500

Ice 2.100




6. CHRYSODINE


It is mono azo dyes for which first make Aniline is diazotized with sodium nitrite in presence

hydrochloric acid at bellow 0 deg temp. and stir for 2 hr. Then dizo component is coupled

with m.Phenylediamine (M.P.D.) in Acidic medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H7N1 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C6H7N=NCl + NaCl

C6H7N=NCl + C6H8N2 + HCl -------→ C12H15N4 + HCl

Mass Balance:


ANILINE 0.415 CO2 0.00

HCl 1.000 Washing

Regenerate

1.000


M.P.D. 0.485 Water Evaporated 6.530

Water 3.200

Ice 3.100




7. CRYSOPHYNINE


This is diazo Dyes in this process DASDA is react with Sodium Nitrite (2 mole) and make it

Diazo in presence of Hcl And ice. Then above Diazo is Coupled with 2 mole of Phenol in

Alkaline medium. Then ethyoxilate the reaction no 2 in Autoclave.

Chemical Reaction:

C14H14N2O6S2 + 2(NaNO2) + HCl --- → C14H10O6S22(N=NCl) + H20

C14H10O6S22(N=NCl) 2(C6H6O)+NaOH --- →C26H18O8S2Na2+H2O+NaCl

Mass Balance:


DASDA 0.418 CO2 0.00

HCl 0.800 Washing

Regenerate

2.775


PHENOL 0.190 Water Evaporated 3.053

NaOH 0.180

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 2.500

Ice 2.100

Ethyle Chloride 0.123




8. MORDENT YELLOW 20


It is mono azo dyes for which first make Amido G.Salt is diazotized with sodium nitrite in

presence hydrochloric acid at bellow 0 deg temp. and stir for 2 hr. Then dizo component is

coupled with Salicylic Acid in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr and

isolateat 70deg then transfer to spray dry.

Chemical Reaction:

C10H9S2O6N1 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C10H9S2O6N=NCl

C10H9S2O6N=NCl + C7H6O3 + NaOH -------→ C17H97S2N2Na3O9 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Amido G.Salt 0.700 CO2 0.150

HCl 0.450 Washing

Regenerate

2.005


Salicylic Acid 0.345 Water Evaporated 3.447

Soda Ash/NaOH 0.350

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.200

Ice 2.100




9. SUNSET YELLOW


It is mono azo dyes for which first make Sulphanilic Acid is diazotized with sodium nitrite in

presence hydrochloric acid at bellow 5 deg temp. and stir for 3hr. Then dizo component is

coupled with 1mole of Schaeffers Acid in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5

hr and isolate at 60 deg. celcius then transfer to spray dry.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H7O3S1N1 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C6H5O3S1N=NCl

C6H5O3S1N=NCl + C10H8O4S + NaOH + Na2Co3 -------→ C16H10O7S2N2Na2 + NaCl +

CO2↑

Mass Balance:

INPUT QTY (Kg) OUTPUT QTY (Kg)

Sulphanilic Acid 0.300 CO2 0.135

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

4.600


Schaeffers Acid 0.390 Water Evaporated 2.760

NaOH 0.165

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.600

Ice 3.700

Na2CO3 0.220




• PIGMENTS:

10. PIGMENT ORANGE 5


2,4-Dinitrobenzenamine diazotization, and Naphthalen-2-ol coupling.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H5N3O4 + NaNO2 → C6H3N2O4N=N + H2O

C6H3N2O4N=N + C10H8O → C16H10N4O5 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


2-5 dinitro aniline 0.183 CO2 0.000

HCl 0.575 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


Β Napthol 0.144 Water Evaporated 5.027

NaOH 0.100

Water 3.200

Ice 2.100






4-(4-Amino-3-chlorophenyl)-2-chlorobenzenamine double nitrogen, and P.M.P. (2 Moore)

coupling.

Chemical Reaction:

C12H8Cl2N2 + 2* NaNO2 + HCl → C12H6Cl2 ( N=NCl)*2 + NaCl

C12H8Cl2 ( N=NCl)*2 + 2*(C9H7ON2) + NaOH → C30H20Cl2N8O2 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


DICHLORO

BENZEDINE

0.249 Washing

Regenerate

1.005

HCl 0.375 Dye 0.610

Sodium Nitrite 0.140 Water Evaporated 5.997

PMP 0.348

NaOH 0.200

Water 4.200

Ice 2.100






4-(4-Amino-3-chlorophenyl)-2-chlorobenzenamine double nitrogen, and 3-Methyl-1-p-tolyl-

1H-pyrazol-5(4H)-one (2 Moore) coupling.

Chemical Reaction:


C12H8Cl2 ( N=NCl)*2 + 2*(C11H11ON2) + NaOH → C34H28Cl2N8O2 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


DI CHLOROBENZEDINE 0.249 Washing

Regenerate

1.005

HCl 0.375 Dye 0.652


PTMP 0.390

NaOH 0.200

Water 4.200

Ice 2.100




13. PIGMENT RED 2


2,5-Dichlorobenzenamine diazotization, and 3-Hydroxy-N-phenyl-2-naphthamide coupling.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H5Cl2N + NaNO2 + HCl → C6H5Cl2N=NCl + NaCl

C6H5Cl2N=NCl + C17H12O2N + NaOH → C23H15Cl2N3O2 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


2 5 dichloroaniline 0.162 Washing

Regenerate

1.005

HCl 0.375 Dye 0.440


3 Hydroxy Neptelinamide 0.260

NaOH 0.150

Water 4.200

Ice 2.100




14. PIGMENT RED 12


2-Methyl-4-nitrobenzenamine diazotization, and 3-Hydroxy-N-o-tolyl-2-naphthamide

coupling.

Chemical Reaction:

C7H8O2N2 + NaNO2 + HCl → C7H6O2NN=NCl + NaCl

C7H6O2NN=NCl + C18H15O2N + NaOH → C25H20N4O4 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


P-Nitro Toludine 0.152 Washing

Regenerate

1.005

HCl 0.375 Dye 0.440


Hydroxy Nepthio

toudide

0.305

NaOH 0.150

Water 4.200

Ice 2.100




15. PIGMENT RED 48


2-Amino-4-chloro-5-methylbenzenesulfonic acid diazotization, and 3-Hydroxy-2-naphthoic

acid coupling, and then into calcium salt.

Chemical Reaction:

C7H8O3NSO3Cl + NaNO2 + HCl → C7H6 O3SClN=NCl + NaCl

C7H6 O3SClN=NCl + C11H10O3+NaOH → C18H15ClN2O6S + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Chlorosulpho

toludine

0.220

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


3 hydroxy nepthionic

acid

0.188 Water Evaporated 5.048

NaOH 0.200

Water 3.200

Ice 2.100




16. PIGMENT RED 53


2-Amino-5-chloro-4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid diazotization, and Naphthalen-2-ol

coupling, and then into barium salt.

Chemical Reaction:

C10H9ON + NaNO2 + HCl → C10H7 ON=NCl + NaCl

C10H7 ON=NCl + C7H7O3SCl + NaOH → C17H13ClN2O4S + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Chlorosulpho

toludine

0.220

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


Β Napthol 0.144 Water Evaporated 5.154

NaOH 0.100

Water 3.200

Ice 2.100

Barium Salt 0.200




17. PIGMENT RED 57.1


2-Amino-5-methylbenzenesulfonic acid diazotization, and 3-Hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid

coupling, and then into calcium salt.

Chemical Reaction:

C11H8O3N + NaNO2 + HCl → C11H6 O3N=NCl + NaCl

C11H6 O3N=NCl + C7H9O3S + NaOH → C18H14N2O6S + NaCl

Mass Balance:


6 amino tolune

sulphonic acid

0.187

HCl 1.000 Washing

Regenerate

1.005



acid


NaOH 0.200

Water 3.200

Ice 2.100




18. PIGMENT RED 63


2-Aminonaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid diazotization, and 3-Hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid

coupling, and then into calcium salt.

Chemical Reaction:

C11H8O2N + NaNO2 + HCl → C11H6 O2N=NCl + NaCl

C11H6 O2N=NCl + C10H9O3S + NaOH → C21H14N2O6S + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Tobias acid 0.224

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

1.005



acid


NaOH 0.100

Water 3.200

Ice 2.100

Calcium Salt 0.080




19. PIGMENT RED 112


2,4,5-Trichloroaniline diazotization, and 3-Hydroxy-N-o-tolyl-2-naphthamide coupling.

Chemical Reaction:

C7H8ON2 + NaNO2 + HCl → C7H6ONN =NCl + NaCl

C7H6ONN =NCl + C19H17O3N + NaOH → C26H22N4O4 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


TriChloro Aniline 0.193

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


2 Nepthol o toludide 0.280 Water Evaporated 4.953

NaOH 0.100

Water 3.200

Ice 2.100




20. PIGMENT RED 170


4-Aminobenzamide diazotization, and N-(2-ethoxyphenyl)-3-hydroxy-2-naphthamide

coupling.

Chemical Reaction:

C7H8ON2 + NaNO2 + HCl → C7H6ONN =NCl + NaCl

C7H6ONN =NCl + C19H17O3N + NaOH → C26H22N4O4 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Amino benzamide 0.136

HCl 0.300 Washing

Regenerate

1.015


Ethoxi phynine

nepthionic acid


NaOH 0.100

Water 3.200

Ice 2.100




21. PIGMENT VIOLET 23


Carbazole is condensed with Di Ethyle Sulphate and make Ester Then make Nitration of

Ester in presence of nitrite Then filter the residue Take filter cake and Condensed with

Chloranil in presence of Ortho di Chloro benzene take residue and wash and remove excess

chloranil by distillation filter it and dry the cake grind it which is ready for dye pigment.

Mass Balance:


Carbazole 0.100 CO2 0.060

DES 0.100 Dyes 0.121

HCl 0.150 Solvent regenerate 0.100

NaOH 0.060 Water Evaporated 4.829

MCB 0.030

DCB 0.060

CHLORNIL 0.100

H2O 3.500

Ice 1.000

DEG 0.010




22. PIGMENT YELLOW 1


Make diazo of 2 Nitro P Toludine in presence of Hcl and sodium Nitrite and coupled it with

Aceto Acitanilide in basic Medium stir for some hr and make it neutral by Acid then filter

and make wash with water dry it grind which is ready for dye.

Chemical Reaction:

C7H8N2O2 + NaNO2 + HCl → C7H6O2N N=NCl + NaCl

C7H6O2N N=NCl + C10H11NO2 + NaOH → C17H16N4O4 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


2-Nitro P Toludine 0.152

HCl 0.175 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


Aceto acetanilide 0.168 Water Evaporated 4.620

NaOH 0.100

Water 3.200

Ice 2.100






Make Diazo of 3 3 di Chloro Benzidine and coupled it with 2 mole of Aceto Xylidine in Basic

Medium Filter it And dry and Grind it Which is ready for Dye.

Chemical Reaction:


C12H8Cl2 ( N=NCl)*2 + 2*(C10H11O2N) + NaOH → C32H26Cl2N6O4 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


DI CHLORO BENZEDINE 0.249

HCl 0.375 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


Aceto Xylidide 0.355 Water Evaporated 5.984

NaOH 0.200

Water 4.200

Ice 2.100






4-(4-Amino-3-chlorophenyl)-2-chlorobenzenamine double nitrogen, and 3-Oxo-N-o-

tolylbutanamide (2 Moore) coupling.

Chemical Reaction:


C12H8Cl2 ( N=NCl)*2 + 2*(C11H12O2N2) + NaOH → C34H30Cl2N6O4 + NaCl

Mass Balance:



HCl 0.375 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


Acetoacetatoludide 0.385 Water Evaporated 5.984

NaOH 0.200

Water 4.200

Ice 2.100






4-(4-Amino-3-chlorophenyl)-2-chlorobenzenamine double nitrogen, and N-(2-

methoxyphenyl)-3-oxobutanamide (2 Moore) coupling.

Chemical Reaction:


C12H8Cl2 ( N=NCl)*2 + 2*(C11H12O3N2) + NaOH → C34H30Cl2N6O6 + NaCl

Mass Balance:



HCl 0.375 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


Acetoacetaniside 0.415 Water Evaporated 5.984

NaOH 0.200

Water 4.200

Ice 2.100






4-Amino-2-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid diazotization, and 3-Oxo-N-phenylbutanamide

coupling, then use Calcium chloride translate into Calcium salt.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H6O5N2S + NaNO2 + HCl → C6H4 O3SN N=NCl + NaCl

C6H4 O3SN N=NCl + C10H11O4N + NaOH → C16H14N4O7S + NaCl

Mass Balance:


2Nitro p amino sulphonic

acid

0.218

HCl 0.375 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


Oxo phynile butamide 0.175 Water Evaporated 5.053

NaOH 0.100

Water 3.200

Ice 2.100

Calcium chloride 0.230




PIGMENT PASTE

It can be done by making 40 to 50% pigment powder in water or we can make

directly from batch.



• SOLVENT DYES

27. SOLVENT ORANGE 1




with Resorcinol in Acidic medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr.

Chemical Reaction:


C6H7N=NCl + C6H6O2 + HCl -------→ C12H1N2O2 + HCl

Mass Balance:


ANILINE 0.415

HCl 1.000 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


Resorcinol 0.490 Water Evaporated 10.565

Water 5.200

Ice 5.100




28. SOLVENT RED 24


It is mono azo dyes for which first make Garnet GBC is diazotized with sodium nitrite in

presence hydrochloric acid at bellow 0 deg temp. and stir for 2 hr. Then dizo component is

coupled with β Nepthol in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr.

Chemical Reaction:

C14H15N3 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C14H15N2N=NCl + NaCl

C14H15N2N=NCl + C10H8O1 + NaOH -------→ C24H23N4O1 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Garnet GBC 0.590

HCl 0.700 Washing

Regenerate

2.005


β Nepthol 0.380 Water Evaporated 6.355

Soda Ash/NaOH 0.200

Water 4.200

Ice 3.100




29. SOLVENT RED 27


It is mono Azo Dyes it can be done by firsy make dizo of mix xylidine and mix tolidine And

inter couple it And make Agiain diazo of mix and coupled with β Napthol.

Chemical Reaction:

C8H11N + NaNO2 + HCl → C8H9N=NCl+ NaCl

C8H9N=NCl + C8H11N → C16H20N3 + HCl

C16H20N3 + NaNO2 + HCl → C16H19N2N=NCl + H2O

C16H19N2N=NCl + C10H8O + NaOH → C26H26N4O + NaCl

Mass Balance:


XYLIDINE 0.124

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


TOLUDINE 0.107 Water Evaporated 3.407

NaOH 0.100

Β NAPTHOL 0.144

Water 2.200

Ice 1.500




30. SOLVENT YELLOW 2




with Di MethylAniline (D.M.A.) in Acidic medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr.

Chemical Reaction:


C6H7N=NCl + C8H11N1 + HCl -------→ C14H15N3 + HCl

Mass Balance:


ANILINE 0.415

HCl 1.000 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


D.M.A. 0.545 Water Evaporated 10.570

Water 5.200

Ice 5.100




31. SOLVENT YELLOW 14




with β Napthol in Alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr.

Chemical Reaction:


C6H7N=NCl + C10H8O1 + NaOH -------→ C16H14N2O + NaCl + H2O

Mass Balance:


ANILINE 0.415

HCl 1.000 Washing

Regenerate

2.000


β Napthol 0.642 Water Evaporated 5.747

Soda Ash/NaOH 0.200

Water 3.200

Ice 3.100




• ACID DYES

32. ACID RED 1


Aniline diazo, and 4-Acetamido-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid coupling.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H7N + NaNO2 + HCl → C6H7N=N Cl + H20

C6H7N=N Cl + C12H9NO8S2 + Na2CO3 → C18H13N3Na2O8S2 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


ANILINE 0.095 CO2 0.060

HCl 0.300 Washing

Regenerate

1.0


ACETYLE H ACID 0.360 Water Evaporated 3.835

Soda Ash 0.300

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 1.500

Ice 2.500




33. ACID RED 4


It is mono azo dyes for which first O-Anisidine is diazotized with sodium nitrite in presence


with N W Acid in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr and isolateat 70deg

then transfer to spray dry.

Chemical Reaction:

C7H9ON + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C7H7ON=NCl + HCl

C7H7ON=NCl + C10H8O4S + Na2CO3 -------→ C17H13O2SN2Na + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


O-Anisidine 0.123 CO2 0.044

HCl 0.220 Washing

Regenerate

1.0


N W Acid 0.224 Water Evaporated 3.158

Soda Ash 0.250

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 1.500

Ice 2.000




34. ACID RED 18




component is coupled with G Salt in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr and

isolateat 70deg then transfer to spray dry.

Chemical Reaction:


C10H7O3SN=NCl + C10H8O7S2 + Na2CO3 -------→ C20H11O10S3N2Na3 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Sodium Nepthionate 0.350 CO2 0.145

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

3.0


G.Salt 0.450 Water Evaporated 3.08

Soda Ash 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.500

Ice 2.500




35. ACID RED 73


It is mono azo dyes for which first make Paraamino Azo Benzene(PAAB) is diazotized with

sodium nitrite in presence hydrochloric acid at bellow 5 deg temp. and stir for 2 hr. Then

dizo component is coupled with G Salt in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5

hr and isolate at 70deg then transfer to spray dry.

Chemical Reaction:

C12H11N3 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C12H9N2 N=NCl

C12H9N2 N=NCl + C10H8O7S2 + Na2CO3 -------→ C22H147S2N4Na3O7 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


PAAB 0.350 CO2 0.50

HCl 0.700 Washing

Regenerate

3.775



Soda Ash 1.050

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 3.200

Ice 3.100




36. ACID RED 88




component is coupled with β Napthol in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr


Chemical Reaction:


C10H7O3SN=NCl +C 10H8O1 + NaOH -------→ C20H13O4S1N2Na + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Sodium Nepthionate 0.580

HCl 0.700 Washing

Regenerate

3.500



NaOH 0.300

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 3.000

Ice 3.000




37. ACID RED 97


It is mono azo dyes for which first make 22 Disulphobenzedine(BDSA) is diazotized with

sodium nitrite in presence hydrochloric acid at bellow 5 deg temp. and stir for 3hr. Then

dizo component is coupled with 2 mole of β Napthol in alkaline medium at 5 deg

temperature. Stir for 5 hr and isolateat 70deg then transfer to spray dry.

Chemical Reaction:

C12H12O6S2N2 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C12H12O6S2N2(N=NCl)2

C12H12O6S2N2(N=NCl)2 + (C10H8O1 )2 + NaOH -------→ C22H20O8S2N4Na2 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


BDSA 0.350

HCl 0.750 Washing

Regenerate

3.000



NaOH 0.230

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 3.200

Ice 3.000




38. ACID RED 114


It is di diazo dyes. first O Dianisidine is Diazotized with2 Mole of Sodium Nitrite And This

DIazo salt is coupled wih H-Acid in Alkline Medium.

Chemical Reaction:

C14H16N2O2 + 2*(NaNO2) + HCl ----→ C14H12O2 2*(N=NCl) + H2O

C14H12O2 2*(N=NCl) + 2*(C10H9NO7S2) ----→ C34H28O16N6S24Na4

Mass Balance:


O Di anisidine 0.244 CO2 0.120

HCl 0.400 Washing

Regenerate

1.00


H acid 0..638 Water Evaporated 4.652

Soda Ash 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.400

Water 2.200

Ice 2.200




39. ACID RED 119


3-Aminobenzenesulfonic acid diazo, and Naphthalen-1-amine coupling, product to diazo,

and 3-(Ethyl(phenyl)amino)methyl)benzenesulfonic acid coupling.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H7NSO3 + NaNO2 +HCl → C6H5SO3 N=NCl + H2O + NaCl

C6H5SO3 N=NCl + C10H9N → C16H13SO3N3 + H20 + HCl

C16H13SO3N3 + NaNO2 + HCl → C16H13SO3N2N=NCl + HCl

C16H13SO3N2N=NCl + C15H15O3SN + Na2CO3 → C31H25N5Na2O6S2 + CO2↑ + H2O

Mass Balance:


Sulphanilic acid 0.173 Co2 0.120

HCl 1.500 Washing

Regenerate

1.100


Amine 0.144 Water Evaporated 3.946

Hydrobenzenesulfonic

acid

0.290

Soda Ash 0.400

Salt(NaCl) 0.500

Water 1.200

Ice 1.500




40. ACID RED 128


It is di diazo dyes first O Dianisidine is Diazotized with2 Mole of Sodium Nitrite And This

DIazo salt is coupled wih Phenol And G ACid in Alkline Medium. Then Eateryfy with PTS

Chloride and we got product

Chemical Reaction:


C14H12O2 2*(N=NCl) + C6H6O + C10H8O7S2 → C30H24N4O10S2Na2 + H2O + CO2↑

Mass Balance:


O Di anisidine 0.244 Co2 0.120

HCl 0.400 Washing Regenerate 1.00


G acid 0.304 Water Evaporated 4.702

Phenol 0.094

Pts Chloride 0.250

Soda Ash 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.400

Water 2.200

Ice 2.200




41. ACID RED 137


It is mono azo Dyes first p Aminoacetanilide is diazotized with sodium nitrite in presence of

HCl. This diazo is coupled with N acetyle J-acid in alkaline medium.

Chemical Reaction:

C8H10ON2 + NaNO2 + HCl ------→ C8H8ON N=NCl + H2O

C8H8ON1 N=NCl + C12H9O5NS + Na2CO3 → C20H15O6N4SNa

Mass Balance:

Input Qty Output Qty

P.A.A. 0.150 CO2 0.044

HCl 0.240 DYES 0.445

NaNO2 0.070 WATER EVAPORTED 2.976

N Ace. J Acid 0.255

SALT 0.250

WATER 1.500

ICE 1.000




42. ACID RED 214


3-Amino-4-hydroxy-5-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid diazo, and Quinoline-2,4-diol coupling, and

then in water solution and sulfuric acid chromium heating, in 125 °C keep 2 hours to form

chromium complex.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H6N2O6S + NaNO2 + HCl → C6H4NO6SN=NCl + NaCl + H2O

C6H6NO6SN=NCl + C9H7NO2 + Na2CO3 → C15H9N4NaO8S + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


m-Aminonitrophenol

Sulphonic acid

0.235 CO2 0.060

HCl 0.340 DYES 0.450


Quinoline 0.175

SALT 0.250

WATER 1.500

ICE 1.000

Soda 0.300




43. ACID RED 231


It is mono azo Dyes first p-Aminoacetanilide is diazotized with sodium nitrite in presence of

HCl. This diazo is coupled with Gama Acid

Chemical Reaction:

C8H10ON2 + NaNO2 + HCl ------→ C8H8ON N=NCl + H2O

C8H8ON1 N=NCl + C10H9O4NS+NaCl +HCl → C18H16O5N4SNa + H2O

Mass Balance:


P.A.A. 0.150

HCl 0.240 DYES 0.450


GAMA ACID 0.240

SALT 0.250

WATER 1.500

ICE 1.000




44. ACID YELLOW 1


It is Nitro Dyes in Which α Naphthol is react with Sulphuric Acid in M S vessel and convert it

into the α-Naphthol tri Sulphonic Acid. Then α-Naphthol tri-Sulphonic Acid is react with

Nitric Acid by which it is converted into Acid yellow 1. Then run above soln. in soda ash to

convert in sodium salt which is known as ACID YELLOW 1.

Chemical Reaction:

C10H8O1 + 3(H2SO4) ------→ C10H8O10S3 + H2O

C10H8O10S3 + 2(HNO3) -----→ C10H6O8N2 + H2O

C10H6O8N2 + Na2CO3 -----→ C10H4O8N2Na2 + CO2↑

Mass Balance:


α Naphthol 0.400 CO2 0.125

H2SO4 0.850 Washing

Regenerate

1.0

HNO3 0.360 Dye 0.950

SODA 0.350 Water Evaporated 3.385

WATER/ICE 3.500




45. ACID YELLOW 11




with S.P.M.P. in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr and isolateat 70deg

then transfer to spray dry

Chemical Reaction:

C6H7N1 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C6H7N=NCl

C6H7N=NCl + C10H10O4S1N2 + Na2CO3 -------→ C16H15S1N4NaO4 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


ANILINE 0.215 CO2 0.450

HCl 0.550 Washing

Regenerate

3.200


S.P.M.P. 0..587 Water Evaporated 3.337

Soda Ash 0.750

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.200

Ice 3.100




46. ACID YELLOW 17




coupled with 1 mole of 2-5 Dichloro 5 Pyrozolon in alkaline medium at 5 deg C

temperature. Stir for 5 hr and isolate at 60 deg C then transfer to spray dry.

Chemical Reaction:


C6H5O3S1N=NCl + C10H8O4S1Cl2N2 + NaOH + Na2Co3 ----→ C16H13O7S2N4Cl2Na2 + NaCl +

CO2↑

Mass Balance:



HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

2.500


2-5 dichlo.spmp 0.580 Water Evaporated 4.395

NaOH 0.175

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.700

Ice 3.200

Na2CO3 0.200




47. ACID YELLOW 23




coupled with 1mole of S.P.C.PAYROZOLONE in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir

for 5 hr and isolateat 60deg then transfer to spray dry.

Chemical Reaction:


C6H5O3S1N=NCl + C10H8O6S1N2 + NaOH + Na2Co3 ---→ C16H13O7S2N4Cl2Na2

+ NaCl + co2↑

Mass Balance:



HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

4.500


SPCP 0.315 Water Evaporated 2.660

NaOH 0.175

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.700

Ice 3.700

Na2CO3 0.220




48. ACID YELLOW 36


It is mono azo dyes for which first make Metanilic Acid is diazotized with sodium nitrite in


coupled with 1 mole of Di Phynyle Amine(DPA) in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature.

Stir for15 hr and isolateat 40deg then transfer to spray dry

Chemical Reaction:


C6H5O3S1N=NCl + C12H11N1 + Na2CO3 -------→ C16H11OS1N2Na2 + NaCl + CO2↑

Mass Balance:


Metanilic Acid 0.540 Co2 0.750

HCl 0.950 Washing

Regenerate

3.200


D.P.A. 0.525 Water Evaporated 4.170

Na2CO3 1.000

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 2.700

Ice 3.000




49. ACID YELLOW 42


2,2′-Disulfo-4,4,diaminobibenzene double nitriding, and 3-Methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-

5(4H)-one (2 Moore) coupled.

Chemical Reaction:

C12H12N2S2O6 + 2(NaNO2) + HCl → C12H8S2O6 2(N=NCl) + NaCl

C12H8S2O6 2(N=NCl) + 2(C10H9N2O) + Na2CO3 → C32H24N8Na2O8S2 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


BDSA 0.344 CO2 0.145

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

1.0


P.M.P 0.380 Water Evaporated 3.219

Soda Ash 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 1.500

Ice 1.500




50. ACID YELLOW 59


C.I. Acid Yellow 121 (C.I. 18690) method: 2-Aminobenzoic acid diazo, and 3-Methyl-1-

phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5(4H)-one coupling, and then into a chrome complex.

Chemical Reaction:

C7H7O2N + NaNO2 + HCl → C7H5O2N=NCl + NaCl

C7H5O2N=NCl + C10H9N2O + NaOH → C17H14N4O3 + NaCl + H2O

Mass Balance:


Amino benzoic acid 0.137 CO2 0.020

HCl 0.200 Washing

Regenerate

0.500


PMP 0.170 Water Evaporated 2.837

NaOH 0.105

Salt(NaCl) 0.100

Water 1.700

Ice 1.200




51. ACID YELLOW 79


1,1- dimethyl 4,4 ‘-dihydroxydiphenyl methane and 4-Aminophenol (2 Moore) reaction, its

product diazo, and 1-(3-Sulfophenyl)-3-methyl-5-pyrazolone (2 Moore) coupled.

Chemical Reaction:

C3H6 2*C6H6O2S + 2*C6H7NO → C3H6 2*(C12H11O3NS)

C3H6 2*(C12H11O3NS) + 2*NaNO2 + HCl → C3H6 2*(C12H11O3SN=NCl) + NaCl

C3H6 2*(C12H11O3SN=NCl) + 2*(C10H11N3SO3) + Na2CO3 → C47H40N10Na2O12S4 + CO2↑ +

NaCl

Mass Balance:


MAP 0.245 CO2 0.145

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

1.111


SPMP 0.750 Water Evaporated 5.225

Soda Ash 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 1.500

Ice 3.500

ester 0.160




52. ACID BLACK 1


It is di diazo dyes first PNA is Diazotized with Sodium Nitrite And This DIazo salt is coupled

wih HAcid in Acidic Medium. Then Aniline is Diazotized with Sodium Nitrite and it is Coupled

With Reaction No 1 in Alkaline Medium.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H6N2O2 + NaNO2 + HCl ----→ C6H6O2N1N=NCl + H2O

C6H6O2N1N=NCl + C10H9NO7S2 ----→ C16H14O9N4S2 (Reaction - 1)


C6H7N=NCl + C16H14O9N4S2 + Na2CO3------→ C22H18O9N6S2Na2 + CO2↑

Mass Balance:


PNA 0.280 CO2 0.120

HCl 1.000 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


H Acid 0..640 Water Evaporated 6.380

ANILINE 0.200

Soda Ash 0.400

Salt(NaCl) 0.500

Water 3.200

Ice 2.100




53. ACID BLACK 18


First Make Diazo Of Sulphanilic acid And Coupled With ! napthyle amine thane make Again

make Diazo of mixture and coupled with H acid in alk. Media.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H7O3S1N1 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C6H5O3S1N=NCl + NaCl

C6H5O3S1N=NCl + C10H9N --→ C16H13O3SN3 + HCl

C16H13O3SN3 + NaNO2 + HCl → C16H11O3SN2 N=NCl + H2O

C16H11O3SN2 N=NCl + C10H9NO7S2 + NaOH → C26H16O10S3N5Na3 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Sulphanilic Acid 0.173

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

0.500


1-napthyle amine 0.144 Water Evaporated 5.001

H.Acid 0.319

NaOH 0.160

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.000

Ice 2.500




54. ACID BLACK 21


First make diazo of 5amino naptiosulphonic acid and coupled with 1 napthyle amine

Make again diazo of reaction no 1 and coupled with n p toly peri acid.

Chemical Reaction:

C10H9O3SN + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C10H7O3SN=NCl + NaCl

C10H7O3SN=NCl + C10H9N --→ C20H16O3SN3 + HCL (REACTION 1)


C20H14O3SN2 N=NCl + C17H15O3SN + NaOH → C37H26O6S2N5Na2 + NaCl + H2O

Mass Balance:


5amino

naptiosulphonic acid

0.245

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

0.0


1 napthyle amine 0.144 Water Evaporated 5.544

N p toly peri acid 0.315

NaOH 0.160

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.000

Ice 2.500




55. ACID BLACK 26


First make diazo of 5 amino Anilino benz sulphonic acid and coupled with 1 napthyle amine

Make again diazo of reaction no 1 and coupled with n p toly peri acid.

Chemical Reaction:

C12H11O3SN2 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C12H9O3SN N=NCl + NaCl

C12H9O3SN N=NCl + C10H9N --→ C22H17O3SN4 + HCL (REACTION 1)


C22H15O3SN3 N=NCl + C10H8O4S + NaOH → C32H20O6S2N5Na2 + NaCl + H2O

Mass Balance:


5-amino Anilino benz

sulphonic acid

0.263 CO2 0.00

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

0.500


1 napthyle amine 0.144 Water Evaporated 5.021

Schaeffers acid 0.224

NaOH 0.160

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.000

Ice 2.500




56. ACID BLACK 41


It is di diazo dyes first PNA is Diazotized with Sodium Nitrite And This DIazo salt is coupled

wih HAcid in Acidic Medium. Then Sulphanilic Acid is Diazotized with Sodium Nitrite and it is

Coupled With Reaction No 1 in Alkaline Medium.

Chemical Reaction:


C6H6O2N1N=NCl + C10H9NO7S2 ----→ C16H14O9N4S2 (REACTION 1)

C6H7SO3N1 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C6H6SO3N=NCl + NaCl

C6H6SO3N=NCl + C16H14O9N4S2 + Na2CO3 ------→ C22H17O12N6S3Na3 + CO2↑

Mass Balance:


PNA 0.280 CO2 0.120

HCl 1.000 Washing

Regenerate

1.100



ANILINE 0.372

Soda Ash 0.400

Salt(NaCl) 0.500

Water 3.200

Ice 2.000




57. ACID BLACK 52


4-Amino-3-hydroxy-7-nitronaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid diazo, and Naphthalen-2-ol matches,

will result in aqueous solution with formic acid chromium common heating, in 115 ℃ keep 2

hours, and then into the same batch of have no complexation half of the dyes, and sodium

hydroxide move into alkaline, drying. The component of product is about 2 to 3 Moore

single atoms chromium azo dyes.

Chemical Reaction:

C10H6O6N3S + C10H8O+NaOH → C20H13O7N3SNa + NaCl

Mass Balance:


6 nitro diazo 0.285

HCl 1.000 Washing

Regenerate

1.190

Bita Napthol 0..145 Dye 0.590

Chromium sulphate 0.600 Water Evaporated 3.910

NaOH 0.060

Water 1.500

Ice 2.100




58. ACID BLACK 58


2-Amino-4-(methylsulfonyl)phenol diazo, and N-(7-hydroxynaphthalen-1-yl)acetamide

coupling, and then turn it into 1:2 chromium complex.

Chemical Reaction:

C7H9O3SN + NaNO2 + HCl → C7H7O3SN=NCl + NaCl

C7H7O3SN=NCl + C12H11O2N + NaOH → C19H17N3O5S + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Sulpho methyl amino

phenol

0.186 CO2 0.020

HCl 0.200 Washing

Regenerate

0.500


1 napthyle acetonamide 0.202 Water Evaporated 2.843

NaOH 0.105

Salt(NaCl) 0.100

Water 1.700

Ice 1.200




59. ACID BLACK 63


It is metalcomplex dyes first make diazo of 2 Amino Nitro Phenol And Coupled with β

Napthol and make acroumium complex of Dyes.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H6O3N2 + NaNO2 + HCL → C6H4O3N=NCl + NaCl + H2O

C6H4O3N1N=NCl + C10H8O + NaOH → C16H12O4 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


2-Amino nitro phenol 0.154

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

0.800



Cromium Sulphat 0.372

NaOH 0.400

Salt(NaCl) 0.500

Water 1.200

Ice 1.000




60. ACID BLACK 194


In this process there is ready available of 6 NITRO DIAZO Compound which is dissolved in

Water then add β Napthol Solution inthis mixture and bring Ph 10 then stir for 3 hr and

make nutral by acid then filter it transfer wet cake in vessel and make chromium complex

by chromium sulphate solution stir and salt out and filter and dry for powder which is Acid

Black 194.

Chemical Reaction:

C10H6O6N3S + C10H8O + NaOH → C20H13O7N3SNa

C20H13O7N3SNa + Cr2So4 → C20H13O7N3Cr

Mass Balance:

Sr.

No. Input Kg Output Kg

1 WATER 3400 ACID BLACK 194 2400

2 BETA NAPTHOL 500 EVAPORATE 7670

3 6-NITRO 1,2,4,DIAZO 1000

4 C.LYE 670

5 SALICYLIC ACID 50

6 BASIC CHROMIUM

SULFATE 450

7 ICE 4000

TOTAL 10070 TOTAL 10070



61. ACID BLACK 210


It is poly Azo Dyes First PNA is diazotized with Sodium Nitrite and Coupled Diazo With H

acid. Then make diazo of of DASA with 2 mole of Sodium Nitrite then Coupled Reaction

No 1 to this DASA diazo. Now reaction no 2 is coupled wit meta phyniline di amine (MPD) so

which is converted into ACID BLACK 210.

Chemical Reaction:



C12H13N3O2S + 2(NaNO2) + HCl ----→ C12H13N3O2S(N==NCl)2 + H2O

C12H13N3O2S(N==NCl)2 + C16H14O9N4S2 ----→ C28H26N8O11S3(N=NCl) (REACTION NO 2)

C28H26N8O11S3(N=NCl) + C6H8N2 + Na2CO3 ----→ C34H25N11O11S3Na2 + CO2↑

Mass Balance:


PNA 0.250 CO2 0.050

HCl 0.700 Washing

Regenerate

3.100


DASA 0.185 Water Evaporated 3.745

MPD 0.100

H.ACID 0.210

NaOH/Na2CO3 0.350

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 3.700

Ice 2.000




62. ACID BLUE 158


4-Amino-3-hydroxynaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid diazo, and 8hydroxynaphthalene-1-sulfonic

acid coupling, and then with excessive sulfuric acid aqueous acid chromium solution

common heating, in 115 ℃ keep 7 hours, make dye create chromium complex.

Chemical Reaction:

C10H9SO4N + NaNO2 + HCl → C10H7SO4N=NCl + NaCl

C10H7SO4N=NCl + C10H8SO4 + NaOH → C20H13S2O8N2Na + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Gama Acid 0.239 CO2 0.060

HCl 0.600 Washing

Regenerate

2.100


Schaffer Acid 0.224 Water Evaporated 3.648

Na2CO3 0.275

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 2.700

Ice 2.000




63. ACID BROWN 14


Make diazo of sodium Neppthionate(2 Mole) with Sodium Nitrite in Presence of HCl and

Coupled with Resorcinol (1Mole) in Alkline Medium.

Chemical Reaction:

2*(C10H9SO3N) + 2*(NaNO2) + HCl → 2*( C10H7SO3N=NCl) + NaCl

2*( C10H7SO3N=NCl) + C6H6O2 + NaOH → C26H16N4Na2O8S2 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Sodium Nepthionate 0.490

HCl 0.750 Washing

Regenerate

2.100


Resorcinol 0.110 Water Evaporated 4.935

NaOH 0.275

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 2.700

Ice 3.000




64. ACID BROWN 28


2-Amino-4-nitrophenol diazo, and N-(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)acetamide coupling, and

then turn it into 1:2 chromium complex.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H6O3N2 + NaNO2 + HCl → C6H4O3NN=NCl + NaCl

C6H4O3NN=NCl + C9H11O2 + NaOH → C15H14N4O5 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


m-Amino Nitro

Phenol

0.155

HCl 0.450 Washing

Regenerate

1.100


2oh 5mit.acetoamide 0.183 Water Evaporated 4.598

NaOH 0.275

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 2.700

Ice 2.000




65. ACID BROWN 121


It is di diazo dyes first PNA is Diazotized with Sodium Nitrite And This Diazo salt is coupled

with HAcid in Acidic Medium. Then Again Make Diazo of reaction No 1 And coupled with

Resorcinol. Then Make Diazo of M anino nirophenol and Coupled with Reaction no 2 to

produce product.

Chemical Reaction:


C6H6O2N1N=NCl + C10H9NO7S2 ----→ C16H14O9N4S2

Mass Balance:


PNA 0.138 CO2 0.044

HCl 1.000 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


H Acid 0.319 Water Evaporated 4.278

resorcinol 0.110

2amino nitrophenol 0.150

Soda Ash 0.400

Salt(NaCl) 0.500

Water 1.200

Ice 2.100




66. ACID GREEN 19


It is di diazo dyes first 2-5 Di Chloro Aniline(2-5DCA) is Diazotized with Sodium Nitrite And

This DIazo salt is coupled wih HAcid in Acidic Medium. Then 1-Nepthyle Amine is Diazotized

with Sodium Nitrite and it is Coupled With Reaction No 1 in Alkaline Medium.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H5NCl2 + NaNO2 + HCl ----→ C6H3Cl2N=NCl + H2O

C6H3Cl2N=NCl + C10H9NO7S2 ----→ C16H11O7N3S2Cl2 (REACTION 1)


C10H7N=NCl + C16H11O7N3S2Cl2 + Na2CO3------→ C26H15O7N5S2Cl2Na2 + CO2↑

Mass Balance:


(2-5DCA) 0.230 CO2 0.120

HCl 1.000 Washing

Regenerate

1.195



ANILINE 0.130

Soda Ash 0.400

Salt(NaCl) 0.500

Water 3.500

Ice 2.100




67. ACID ORANGE 7



presence hydrochloric acid at bellow 5 deg temp.and stir for 3hr. Then dizo component is

coupled with 1 mole of β Napthol in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr


Chemical Reaction:


C6H5O3S1N=NCl + C10H8O1 + NaOH -------→ C16H11OS1N2Na2 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Sulphanilic Acid 0.540

HCl 0.750 Washing

Regenerate

3.100



NaOH 0.275

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 2.700

Ice 3.000




68. ACID ORANGE 10




with G Salt in alkaline medium at 5 deg temperature. Stir for 5 hr and isolateat 70deg then

transfer to spray dry

Chemical Reaction:

C6H7N1 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C6H7N=NCl

C6H7N=NCl + C10H8O7S2 + Na2CO3 -------→ C16H137S2N2Na2O7 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


ANILINE 0.215 CO2 0.450

HCl 0.550 Washing

Regenerate

3.005



Soda Ash 0.750

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.200

Ice 3.100




69. ACID ORANGE 30


Aniline diazo, and 6-(2-Chloroacetamido)-1-naphthol-3-sulfonic acid coupling.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H7N + NaNO2 + HCl → C6H5N=NCl + NaCl

C6H5N=NCl + C12H9ClNO5S + Na2CO3 → C18H13ClN3NaO5S + CO2 ↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Aniline 0.093 CO2 0.060

HCl 0.350 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


Chloro acetyle j acid 0.380 Water Evaporated 4.328

Soda Ash 0.350

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.200

Ice 2.100




70. ACID ORANGE 72


3-Amino-4-hydroxy-5-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid diazo, and 3-Methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-

5(4H)-one coupling, and then and sulfuric acid chromium and chromium acid in aqueous

solution heating, in 130 ℃ : maintain 6 hours, and make them into chromium complexation.

Chemical Reaction:

C6H6N2O6S + NaNO2 + HCl → C6H4O6NSN=NCl + NaCl

C6H4O6NSN=NCl + C10H10N2O + Na2CO3 → C16H12N5NaO7S + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


3-Amino-4-hydroxy-5-

nitrobenzenesulfonic

acid

0.235 CO2 0.060

HCl 0.450 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


P.M.P 0.174 Water Evaporated 3.535

Soda Ash 0.350

Salt(NaCl) 0.300

Water 2.200

Ice 2.100




• DIRECT DYES

71. DIRECT BLACK NB


In this Process D.A.B.A. is diazotized and Coupled with H AcId in Acid Medium And make

Diazo of Aniline And Coupled with Reaction No 1 in Alk Medium then Coupled MPD.

Chemical Reaction:

C13H13N3O + 2*NaNO2 + HCl → lCN=NC13H9NO3N=NCl + NaCl + H2O

lCN=NC13H9NO3N=NCl+C10H9NO7S2 → C23H19N4O10S2N=NCl (Reaction no 1)


C23H19N4O10S2N=NCl + C6H5N=NCl +Na2CO3 → C29H22N6O10S2Na2N=NCl + CO2↑ (REACTION

2)

C29H22N6O10S2N=NCl + C6H8N2 → C35H30N10O10S2Na2 + H2O (FINAL PRODUCT)

Mass Balance:


DABA 0.227 CO2 0.060

HCl 0.600 Washing

Regenerate

1.05


H ACID 0.319 Water Evaporated 4.687

ANILINE 0..093

M.P.D. 0.108

Na2CO3 0.300

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 2.500

Ice 2.100




72. DIRECT BLACK 19


It is poly -azo dyes first PNA is Diazotized with Sodium Nitrite And This DIazo salt is coupled

with H Acid in Acidic Medium. Then again make Diazo of PNA (para nitro aniline) with

Sodium Nitrite in presence of HCl. Make alkaline to Reaction no 1 and Coupled with Other

Diazo of PNA in alk. medium. Then reduced the nitro group to amine group by reduction.

Make Diazo of Reaction no 2 with Sodium Nitrite And make Poly Azo compound And

coupled with 2mole of MetaPhyniline Di amine(MPD) which is direct black 19by making

Sodium Salt.

Chemical Reaction:




C16H14O9N4S2 + C6H6O2N1N=NCl + Na2CO3 -→ C22H16O11S2N6Na2 + NaCl + CO2↑

C22H16O11S2N6Na2 + HCl (reduction) ----→ C22H22O7S2N6 (REACTION2)

C22H22O7S2N6+NaNO2 + HCl ----→ C22H18O7S2N4(N=NCl)2 + NaCl + H2O

C22H18O7S2N4(N=NCl)2 + 2(C6H8N2) ---→ C22H32O7S2N12Na2 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


PNA 0.220 Co2 0.220

Sodium Nitrite 0.220 Dyes 1.007

HCl 1.500 Water regenerate 3.020

H.Acid 0.240 Water Evaporated 5.660

Soda 0.800

MPD 0.127

Salt 0.300

H2O 3.500

Ice 3.000




73. DIRECT BLACK 22


5-Amino-2-(4-aminophenylamino)benzenesulfonic acid double nitriding, in alkaline

conditions and 6-Amino-4-hydroxynaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid (2 Moore) coupled, then

double nitriding, and Benzene-1,3-diamine (2 Moore) coupled.

Chemical Reaction:

C12H1306N3S + 2(NaNO2) + HCl → C12H9NO6S 2(N=NCl) + NaCL

C12H9NO6S 2(N=NCl) + 2*C10H9SO4N + Na2CO3 → C32H23N7O14S3 + NaCl

C32H23N7O14S3 + 2(NaNO2) + HCl → C32H19N5O14S3 2(N=NCl) + NaCl

C32H19N5O14S3 2(N=NCl) + 2C6H8N2 + Na2CO3 → C44H32N13Na3O11S3 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


DASA 0.309 CO2 0.220



Gama Acid 0.478 Water Evaporated 7.729

Soda 0.800

MPD 0.216

Salt 0.300

H2O 3.500

Ice 3.000




74. DIRECT BLACK 168


In this process make diazo of FC acid and coupled with H Acid then Make diazo of aniline

and coupled with above mixture and after 1 hr charge M.P.D.

Chemical Reaction:

C12H13N3SO3 + 2*(NaNO2) + HC l → C12H9NSO3 2(N=NCl) + NaCl


C12H9NSO3 2(N=NCl) + C10H9NO7S2 → C22H17N3S3O10 N=NCL + H2O

C22H17N3S3O10 N=NCL + C6H5N=NCl + Na2CO3 → C28H21N5S3O10Na3N=NCl

+ CO2↑ + NaCl

C28H21N5S3O10Na3N=NCl + C6H8N2 → C34H28N9S3O10Na3 + H2O (Final Dyes)

Mass Balance:


FC Acid 0.279 CO2 0.120



H.Acid 0.319 Water Evaporated 6.419

Soda 0.300

MPD 0.108

Aniline 0.093

Salt 0.300

H2O 2.500

Ice 3.000




75. DIRECT BLUE G


It is diazo dyes first O Dianisidine is Diazotized with 2 Mole of Sodium Nitrite and This Di

azo salt is coupled with Scaffer Acid in Alkline Medium.

Chemical Reaction:


C14H12O2 2*(N=NCl) + 2*(C10H9NO4S) ----→ C34H28O10N6S24Na4

Mass Balance:



HCl 0.400 Washing

Regenerate

1.00


Scaffer Acid 0.448 Water Evaporated 4.652

Soda Ash 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.400

Water 2.200

Ice 2.200




76. DIRECT BLUE 15


It is diazo dyes first O Dianisidine is Diazotized with2 Mole of Sodium Nitrite And This DIazo

salt is coupled with H-Acid in Alkline Medium.

Chemical Reaction:



Mass Balance:



HCl 0.400 Washing

Regenerate

1.00


H acid 0.638 Water Evaporated 4.652

Soda Ash 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.400

Water 2.200

Ice 2.200




77. DIRECT SKY BLUE FB


It is diazo dyes first O Dianisidine is Diazotized with 2 Mole of Sodium Nitrite And This Diazo

salt is coupled with CHIGO ACID in Alkline Medium

Chemical Reaction:



Mass Balance:



HCl 0.400 Washing

Regenerate

1.00


Chikago Acid 0.638 Water Evaporated 4.652

Soda Ash 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.400

Water 2.200

Ice 2.200




78. DIRECT FAST VIOLET 2RL


Mix xylidine is diazotized wit sodium nitrite and coupled with p cresidine then Again make

diazo of this mixture and coupled with phinyle j Acid.

Chemical Reaction:

C8H11O3SN + NaNO2 + HCl → C8H9O3SN=NCl + NaCl

C8H9O3SN=NCl + C8H11N + Na2CO3 → C16H19N3O3S + CO2↑ + NaCl

C16H19N3O3S + NaNO2 + HCl → C16H17O3S N2N=NCl + NaCl

C16H17O3S N2N=NCl + C16H12O4NS + Na2CO3 → C32H26N5O7S2Na2 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Mix xylidine

sulphonate

0.200 Co2 0.120

HCl 0.400 Washing

Regenerate

1.00


Pera Cresidine 0.136 Water Evaporated 4.623

Soda Ash 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.400

Water 2.200

Ice 2.200

Phinyle J Acid 0.330




79. DIRECT ORANGE 34


In reflux conditions, sodium hydroxide solution in (E)-2-(2-sulfo-4-nitrostyryl)-5-

nitrobenzenesulfonic acid sodium salt with 4-Aminobenzenesulfonic acid sodium diazo with

aniline coupled with product heating (40215). In reflux conditions, sodium hydroxide

solution in (E)-2-(2-sulfo-4-nitrostyryl)-5-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid sodium salt with 4-

Aminobenzenesulfonic acid sodium diazotization and a product matches m-Toluidine,

molecular than 1:1.

Chemical Reaction:


C6H5SO3N=NCl + C7H9N → C13H13SO3N3

C6H5SO3N=NCl + C6H7N → C12H10SO3N3

Mass Balance:


Sulphanilic acid 0.346 Co2 0.00

HCl 0.400 Washing

Regenerate

1.00


Aniline 0.093 Water Evaporated 3.124

Soda Ash/NaOH 0.150

Salt(NaCl) 0.100

Water 1.200

Ice 2.200

toludine 0.107




80. DIRECT RED 7


It is di diazo dyes. First O Dianisidine is Diazotized with 2 Mole of Sodium Nitrite and this

Diazo salt is coupled wih Napthionic Acid in Alkline Medium.

Chemical Reaction:

C14H16N2O2+2*(NaNO2)+HCl----→C14H12O2 2*(N=NCl)+H2O

C14H12O2 2*(N=NCl)+2*(C10H8NO3S)----→C34H26O8N6S2Na2

Mass Balance:


O Di anisidine 0.244 Co2 0.120

HCl 0.400 Washing

Regenerate

1.00


Napthionic Acid 0.444 Water Evaporated 4.628

Soda Ash 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.400

Water 2.200

Ice 2.200




81. DIRECT RED 23


In this process J acid Urea is coupled with 1 mole of Diazo of Aniline and 1mole of P amino

Acetinalide.

Chemical Reaction:

(C6H7N) + (NaNO2) + (HCL) → (C6H5N=NCl) + NaCl

C10H12N2O2 + NaNO2 + (HCL) → C10H10O2N N==NCL + NaCl

(C6H5N=NCl) + C21H14N2O9S2 + NaOH + C10H10O2N N==NCL →

C37H27N7O11S2Na2 + NaCl + H2O

Mass Balance:


Aniline 0.093 CO2 0.000

HCl 0.400 Washing

Regenerate

1.00


JAcid Urea 0.505 Water Evaporated 4.798

P-AMINO ACETANILIDE 0.195

NaOH 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.400

Water 2.200

Ice 2.200




82. DIRECT RED 26


In this process J acid Urea is coupled with @ mole of Diazo of Aniline.

Chemical Reaction:

2* (C6H7N) + 2(NaNO2) + 2(HCL) → 2*( C6H5N=NCl) + NaCl

2*( C6H5N=NCl) + C21H14N2O9S2 + NaOH → C33H22N6O9S2Na2 + NaCl + H2O

Mass Balance:


Aniline 0.186 Co2 0.000

HCl 0.400 Washing

Regenerate

1.00


JAcid Urea 0.505 Water Evaporated 4.766

NaOH 0.500

Salt(NaCl) 0.400

Water 2.200

Ice 2.200




83. DIRECT RED 80


(a) 3,4′-Disulfo-4-aininoazobenzene diazo, and 7-Amino-4-hydroxynaphthalene-2-sulfonic

acid coupling, and then hydrolysis acetyl amino and light gasification; (b) 3,4′-Disulfo-4-

aininoazobenzene (2 Moore) diazo, coupled with N,N’-bis(4-hydroxy-2-sulfonaphthalene-7-

yl)urea.

Chemical Reaction:

2(C12H12S2O6N4) + 2(NaNO2) + HCl → 2*(C12H8S2O6N2 N=NCl) + NaCl

2*(C12H8S2O6N2 N=NCl) + C21H12S2O9N2 + Na2CO3 → C45H26N10Na6O21S6 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Disulpho PAAB 0.716 Co2 0.50

HCl 0.700 Washing

Regenerate

1.005


J Acid Urea 0.505 Water Evaporated 5.126

Soda Ash 0.650

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 3.000

Ice 2.100




84. DIRECT RED 81


It is mono azo dyes for which first make Paraamino Azo BenzeneSulphonic Acid(PAABSA) is

diazotized with sodium nitrite in presence hydrochloric acid at bellow 5 deg temp. and stir

for 2 hr. Then dizo component is coupled with Benzoyl J Acid in alkaline medium at 5 deg

temperature. Stir for 5 hr and isolateat 70deg then transfer to spray dry

Chemical Reaction:

C12H11N3SO3 + NaNO2 + HCl ---------→ C12H9SO3N2 N=NCl

C12H9SO3N2 N=NCl + C23H13O5N2S + Na2CO3 -------→ C35H19S2N5Na2O8 + CO2↑+ NaCl

Mass Balance:


PAABSA 0.278 CO2 0.50

HCl 0.700 Washing

Regenerate

2.775


Benzoyl J Acid 0.435 Water Evaporated 3.484

Soda Ash 0.750

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 3.000

Ice 2.100




85. DIRECT RED 89


3-Amino-4-methoxybenzenesulfonic acid diazo, and 7-Amino-4-hydroxynaphthalene-2-

sulfonic acid coupled to get A single accidentally nitrogen compounds. 4-Amino-5-

hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic aciddiazo, and 2-Amino-4-methylanisole coupling, get

single accidentally nitrogen compounds B, and then A, B and aniline and 2,4,6-Trichloro-

1,3,5-triazine condensation chlorine.

Chemical Reaction:

2*(C7H9O4SN) + 2*(NaNO2) + HCl → 2*(C7H5O4S N=NCl) + NaCl

2*(C7H5O4S N=NCl) + 2*(C10H8O4S) + Na2CO3 → 2*(C17H13O8S2 N2)

C6H7N+C4N6H3 + 2*(C17H13O8S2 N2) → C44H32N10Na4O16S4 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Aniline 0.093 CO2 0.50

HCl 0.700 Washing

Regenerate

1.775


H Acid 0.319 Water Evaporated 4.583

Scaffer Acid 0.224

Methyle Anisol 0.122

Sulpho BEnzoyle

amine

0.205

Cynuric chloride 0.185

Soda Ash 0.750

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 3.000

Ice 2.100




86. DIRECT RED 239


Bronners acid diazotized and couple with J-Acid in alkaline medium and spray dry it.

Chemical Reaction:


C10H7SO3N=NCl + C10H8SO4N + NaOH → C20H13S2O7N3 + NaCl

2*(C20H13S2O7N3) → C40H24S4O15N6

CONDENTATION

Mass Balance:


Water + Ice 6000 Evaporate 6064

Bonners Acid 200 Product 600

J-Acid 113

HCl 30% 155

Sodium Nitrite 38

Sodium Bicarbonate 120

Caustic Lye 38

Total 6664 Total 6664



87. DIRECT YELLOW 4


This is diazo Dyes in this process DASDA is react with Sodium Nitrite (2 mole) and make it

Diazo in presence of Hcl And ice. Then above Diazo is Coupled with 2 mole of Phenol in

Alkaline medium.

Chemical Reaction:

C14H14N2O6S2 + 2(NaNO2) + HCl ---→ C14H10O6S2 2(N=NCl) + H20

C14H10O6S2 2(N=NCl) + 2(C6H6O) + NaOH ---→ C26H18O8S2Na2 + H2O + NaCl

Mass Balance:


DASDA 0.418 Co2 0.00

HCl 0.800 Washing

Regenerate

2.775


PHENOL 0.190 Water Evaporated 3.053

NaOH 0.180

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 2.500

Ice 2.100




88. DIRECT BROWN NB


In this Process D.A.B.A. is diazotized and Coupled with Salicylic acid and gama acid in Alkline

medium

Chemical Reaction:

C13H13N3O + 2*NaNO2 + HCl → ICN=NC13H9NO3N=NCl + NaCL + H2O

C7H6O3 + lCN=NC13H9NO3N=NCl + C10H9NO4S + Na2CO3 C30H22N6O10SNa2 + CO2↑

Mass Balance:


DABA 0.227 Co2 0.060

HCl 0.500 Washing

Regenerate

1.05


GAMA 0.239 Water Evaporated 4.534

SALICYLIC ACID 0.138

Na2CO3 0.300

Salt(NaCl) 0.200

Water 2.500

Ice 2.100




• REACTIVE DYES

89. REACTIVE BLACK CNN


Acetanilide VS diazotized, and couple with J-Acid than with MPDSA and H-Acid first in acidic

medium and then in neutral by sodium bicarbonate and spray dryer it.

Chemical Reaction:

C8H11O6S2N + NaNO2 + HCl → C8H9O6S2N=NCl + NaCl (2 Mole)

C8H9O6S2N=NCl + C10H9O7S2N + Na2CO3 → C18H13O13S4N3Na4 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


Water + ICE 7960 Product 5200

Acetanilide VS 2300 Evaporation 8800

H-Acid 785

HCl 30% 920

Sodium Nitrite 576


J-Acid 194

Caustic Lye 40




90. REACTIVE BLACK 5


Acetanilide VS diazotized, and couple with H-Acid in acidic medium and then in neutral by

sodium bicarbonate and spray dryer it.

Chemical Reaction:

C8H11O6S2N + NaNO2 + HCl → C8H9O6S2N=NCl + NaCl (2 Mole)


Mass Balance:


Water + ICE 6800 Product 3675

Acetanilide VS 1776 Evaporation 7901

H-Acid 975

HCl 30% 680

Sodium Nitrite 445





91. REACTIVE BLACK 8


2-Amino-4-nitrophenol diazo, and 4-Amino-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic

acid coupling, chromium complexation, and 2,4,6-Trichloro-1,3,5-triazine condensation,

with four ammonia, and salting-out.

Chemical Reaction:

C3N5H4Cl + C10H9O7S2N → C13H12O7S2N6Cl

C6H6O3N2 + NaNO2 + HCl → C6H4O3N N=NCl + NaCl

C6H4O3N N=NCl + C13H12O7S2N6Cl + Na2CO3 → C19H11ClN8Na2O10S2 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


CYNURIC CJHLORIDE 0.185 CO2 0.060


HCl 0.150 Water Evaporated 5.368

M.amino nitro

Phenol

0.154

Soda 0.500

H.Acid 0.319

Salt 0.300

H2O 2.500

Ice 2.000




92. REACTIVE ORANGE 7


2-(3-Aminophenylsulfonyl)ethyl hydrogen sulfate diazo, and 6-Acetamido-4-

hydroxynaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid coupling.

Chemical Reaction:

C8H11O6S2N + NaNO2 + HCl → C8H9O6S2N=NCl + NaCl

C8H9O6S2N=NCl + C12H11O5N + Na2CO3 → C20H17N3Na2O11S3 + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


V S 0.266 CO2 0.020


HCl 0.550

Aceto S N 0.310 Water Evaporated 5.840

Soda 0.500

Salt 0.300

H2O 2.500

Ice 2.000




93. REACTIVE ORANGE 122


2-Aminonaphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid diazo, and 7-Amino-4-hydroxynaphthalene-2-

sulfonic acid coupling, its products and 2,4,6-Trichloro-1,3,5-triazine and 2-(3-

Aminophenylsulfonyl)ethyl hydrogen sulfate condensation.

Chemical Reaction:

C8H11O6S2N + C3N5H4Cl → C11H14O6S2N6Cl


C10H7O6S2N=NCl + C10H8O4S + Na2CO3 → C20H11O10S3N3Na3 + CO2↑ + NaCl

C20H11O10S3N3Na3 + C11H14O6S2N6Cl → C31H20ClN7Na4O16S5

Mass Balance:




HCl 0.550 Water regenerate 0

VS 0.266 Water Evaporated 5.818

Soda 0.500

2-5 DISULPHO 2

ANAPTHYLE

0.303

Salt 0.300

H2O 2.500

Ice 2.000

Gama 0.239




94. REACTIVE RED 3BS


4-Amino-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid and 2,4,6-Trichloro-1,3,5-triazine first

condensation, and a second time between ester condensation, 2-Aminonaphthalene-1,5-

disulfonic acid diazo, and the generation of condensation products coupled, then salting-

out.

Chemical Reaction:




C20H11O13S4N3Na4 + C11H14O6S2N6C → C31H19ClN7Na5O19S6 + NaCl

Mass Balance:


CYNURIC CHLORIDE 0185 CO2 0.120



H.Acid 0.319

Soda 0.500

2AMINO DI SULPHONIC

ACID

0.288

Salt 0.300

H2O 2.500

Ice 2.000

ESTER 0.266




95. REACTIVE RED M 5B


Aniline diazo, in alkaline conditions and 4-Amino-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic

acid coupling, and then and 2,4,6-Trichloro-1,3,5-triazine condensation .

Chemical Reaction:


C6H7N+NaNO2 + HCl → C6H7N=NCl + NaCl

C13H14O7S2N6Cl + C6H7N=NCl + Na2CO3 → C19H18O7S2N8Cl + CO2↑ + NaCl

Mass Balance:


CYNURIC CJHLORIDE 0.185 Co2 0.060


HCl 0.150

Aniline 0.093 Water Evaporated 5.437

Soda 0.500

H.Acid 0.319

Salt 0.300

H2O 2.500

Ice 2.000




96. REACTIVE RED 120


2-Aminobenzenesulfonic acid diazo, and 4-Amino-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic

acid coupling, and 2,4,6-Trichloro-1,3,5-triazine first condensation, its product (2 Moore)

and Benzene-1,4-diamine second condensation.

Chemical Reaction:



C6H5SO3N=NCl + C13H14O7S2N6Cl + Na2CO3 → C19H15O10S3N8ClNa3

2*(C19H15O10S3N8ClNa3) + C6H8N2 → C44H36O20S6N18Cl2Na6

Mass Balance:


CYNURIC CHLORIDE 0.370 CO2 0.040



H.ACID 0.638

Soda 0.500

1 AMINE

SULPONEPTH.

0.490

Salt 0.300

H2O 2.500

Ice 2.000

P.P.D 0.108




97. REACTIVE YELLOW 15


2-(4-Amino-2-methoxy-5-methylphenylsulfonyl)ethyl hydrogensulfate diazo, and 4-(3-

Methyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydropyrazol-1-yl)benzenesulfonic acid coupling.

Chemical Reaction:


C10H13O7S2N=NCl + C10H9O4SN2 + Na2CO3 → C20H20N4Na2O11S3 + NaCl

Mass Balance:





VS 0.266

Soda 0.500

Benzene Sulphonic

Acid

0.158

Salt 0.300

H2O 2.500

Ice 2.000






2-Aminonaphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid diazo, and 3-Methyl-1-(4-(vinylsulfonyl)phenyl)-1H-

pyrazol-5(4H)-one coupling.

Chemical Reaction:

C10H9S2O6N + NaNO2 + HCl → C10H7O6S2N=NCl + NaCl

C10H7O6S2N=NCl + C12H10O3SN2 + Na2CO3 → C22H16N4Na2O9S3 + NaCl

Mass Balance:





2 AMINO 2 5 DI

SULPHON

0.325

Soda 0.500

VS PY ZO 0.168

Salt 0.300

H2O 2.500

Ice 2.000






1-(3-Aminophenyl)urea and 2,4,6-Trichloro-1,3,5-triazine first condensation, 7-

Aminonaphthalene-1,3,6-trisulfonic acid diazo, and condensation products coupled, again

with a between, 2-(3-Aminophenylsulfonyl)ethyl hydrogen sulfate condensation, and then

salting-out.

Chemical Reaction:


C10H9S3O9N + NaNO2 + HCl → C10H7O9S3N=NCl + NaCl

C10H7O9S3N=NCl + C7H8ON2 → C17H13O10S3N4 + HCl

H14O6S2N6Cl + C17H13O10S3N4 + Na2CO3 → C28H20ClN9Na4O16S5 + NaCl

Mass Balance:





VS 0.266

Soda 0.500

1 Nepthyle amine

Trisulphophonic Acid

0.383

Salt 0.300

H2O 2.500

Ice 2.000

Aminophynyle urea 0.150






2,4-Diaminobenzenesulfonic acid diazo, and 6-hydroxy-1,4-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2-

dihydropyridine-3-carboxamide coupling, and 2,4,6-Trichloro-1,3,5-triazine condensation,

and then and registration, 2-(3-Aminophenylsulfonyl)ethyl hydrogen sulfate condensation.

Chemical Reaction:

C8H9O6S2 + C3N5H4Cl → C11H13O6S2N5Cl

C7H7SO3N + NaNO2 + HCl → C7H5O3S N=NCl + NaCl

C7H5O3S N=NCl + C7H9O3N2 + Na2CO3 → C14H12O6S N4 + NaCl

C11H13O6S2N5Cl + C14H12O6S N4 → C25H22ClN9Na2O12S3

Mass Balance:




HCl 0.550

VS 0.266 Water Evaporated 6.000

Soda 0.500

2 4 diamino benzene

sulphonic acid

0.180

Salt 0.300

H2O 2.500

Ice 2.000

easter 0.330




2.3 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING

Raw materials are received in drums, carboys, bags, tankers. All storage tanks of hazardous

flammable substances are located within premises in separate storage area and stored with

all precautionary process instrumentation and safety appliances. Large area is covered by

well-designed warehouse which contains store office, raw materials store, finished products

store, etc. The personnel protective equipments like hand gloves, safety shoes, goggles,

helmet, clothing, etc. are provided to those handling hazardous chemicals as per

requirement. All the motors and electrical connections are flame proof. This existing system

and process for raw materials storage and handling will follow after proposed expansion

also. List of raw materials are given in Table-2.1.

TABLE – 2.1

RAW MATERIALS CONSUMPTION

Sr. No. Raw Material Consumption

(MT/MT)

CAS No.

AZO DYES (BLENDING & GRINDING)

AMARANTH

Sodium Nepthionate 0.35 1338-24-5

HCl 0.50 7647-01-0

Sodium Nitrite 0.13 7632-00-0

R. Salt 0.45 117-43-1

Soda Ash 0.50 497-19-8

Salt (NaCl) 0.30 7647-14-5

BISMARK BROWN

MTD 0.94 97-80-7

HCl 1.50 7647-01-0

NaNO2 0.36 7632-00-0

Salt 0.25 7647-14-5

CARMOSINE


HCl 0.75 7647-01-0


N W Acid 0.48 84-87-7

Soda Ash 0.75 497-19-8

Salt (NaCl) 0.40 7647-14-5

CHROM BLACK T

6 Nitro Diazo 0.48 1328-53-6

HCl 1.69 7647-01-0

Alpha Napthol 0.25 90-15-3



Chromium sulphate 1.02 12306-95-7

NaOH 0.10 1310-73-2

CHRYSODINE

ANILINE 0.42 62-53-3

HCl 1.02 7647-01-0


M.P.D. 0.49 108-45-2

CRYSOPHYNINE

DASDA 0.51 81-11-8

HCl 0.97 7647-01-0


PHENOL 0.23 108-95-2

NaOH 0.22 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.24 7647-14-5

Ethyl Chloride 0.15 75-00-3

MORDENT YELLOW 20

Amido G.Salt 0.69 842-16-0

HCl 0.45 7647-01-0


Salicylic Acid 0.34 69-72-7

Soda Ash/NaOH 0.35 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.30 7647-14-5

SUNSET YELLOW

Sulphanilic Acid 0.38 121-57-3

HCl 0.63 7647-01-0


Schaeffers Acid 0.49 93-01-6

NaOH 0.21 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.38 7647-14-5

Na2CO3 0.28 497-19-8

PIGMENTS

PIGMENT ORANGE 5

2-5 dinitro aniline 0.54 95-82-9

HCl 1.69 7647-01-0


Β Napthol 0.42 135-19-3

NaOH 0.29 1310-73-0

PIGMENT ORANGE 13

DICHLORO BENZEDINE 0.41 106-46-7

HCl 0.61 7647-01-0




PMP 0.57 89-25-8

NaOH 0.33 1310-73-0

PIGMENT ORANGE 34

DI CHLOROBENZEDINE 0.38 91-94-1

HCl 0.58 7647-01-0


PTMP 0.60 288-13-1

NaOH 0.31 1310-73-0

PIGMENT RED 2

2 5 dichloroaniline 0.37 95-82-9

HCl 0.85 7647-01-0


3 Hydroxy Neptelinamide 0.59 7473-98-5

NaOH 0.34 1310-73-0

PIGMENT RED 12

P-Nitro Toludine 0.35 89-62-3

HCl 0.85 7647-01-0


Hydroxy Nepthio toudide 0.69 92-70-6

NaOH 0.34 1310-73-0

PIGMENT RED 48

Chlorosulpho toludine 0.52 95-69-2

HCl 1.18 7647-01-0


3 Hydroxy Nepthionic Acid 0.44 92-70-6

NaOH 0.47 1310-73-0

PIGMENT RED 53

Chlorosulpho toludine 0.59 95-69-2

HCl 1.33 7647-01-0


Β Napthol 0.38 135-19-3

NaOH 0.27 1310-73-0

Barium Salt 0.53 7727-43-7

PIGMENT RED 57.1

6 amino tolune sulphonic acid 0.48 104-15-4

HCl 2.59 7647-01-0


3 hydroxy nepthionic acid 0.49 92-70-6

NaOH 0.52 1310-73-0



PIGMENT RED 63

Tobias acid 0.53 81-16-3

HCl 1.18 7647-01-0


3 hydroxy nepthionic acid 0.44 92-70-6

NaOH 0.24 1310-73-0

Calcium Salt 0.19 10043-52-4

PIGMENT RED 112

TriChloro Aniline 0.40 636-30-6

HCl 1.03 7647-01-0


2 Nepthol o toludide 0.58 2425-85-6

NaOH 0.21 1310-73-0

PIGMENT RED 170

Amino benzamide 0.30 2835-68-9

HCl 0.66 7647-01-0


Ethoxi phynine nepthionic acid 0.66 279262-28-1

NaOH 0.22 1310-73-0

PIGMENT VIOLET 23

Carbazole 0.83 86-74-8

DES 0.83 64-67-5

HCl 1.24 76-47-01-0

NaOH 0.50 1310-73-0

MCB 0.25 108-90-7

DCB 0.50 108-90-7

CHLORNIL 0.83 118-21-2

DEG 0.08 107-21-1

PIGMENT YELLOW 1

2 Nitro P Toludine 0.45 89-62-3

HCl 0.51 7647-01-0


Aceto acetanilide 0.49 102-01-2

NaOH 0.29 1310-73-0

PIGMENT YELLOW 12

DI CHLORO BENZEDINE 0.40 106-47-2

HCl 0.60 7647-01-0


Aceto Xylidide 0.56 104-46-2



NaOH 0.32 1310-73-0

PIGMENT YELLOW 14


HCl 0.57 7647-01-0


Acetoacetatoludide 0.58 16634-82-5

NaOH 0.30 1310-73-0

PIGMENT YELLOW 17


HCl 0.54 7647-01-0


Acetoacetaniside 0.60 102-01-2

NaOH 0.29 1310-73-0

PIGMENT YELLOW 61

2Nitro p amino sulphonic acid 0.53 96-67-3

HCl 0.91 7647-01-0


Oxo phynile butamide 0.43 2713-85-1

NaOH 0.24 1310-73-0

Calcium chloride 0.56 10043-52-4

SOLVENT DYES

SOLVENT ORANGE 1

ANILINE 0.44 62-53-3

HCl 1.05 7647-01-0


Resorcinol 0.52 108-46-3

SOLVENT RED 24

Garnet GBC 0.59 101-89-3

HCl 0.70 7647-01-0


β Nepthol 0.38 135-19-3

Soda Ash/NaOH 0.20 497-19-

8/1310-73-0

SOLVENT RED 27

XYLIDINE 0.31 87-59-2

HCl 1.24 7647-01-0


TOLUDINE 0.27 108-88-3

NaOH 0.25 1310-73-0



Β NAPTHOL 0.36 135-19-3

SOLVENT YELLOW 2

ANILINE 0.42 62-53-3

HCl 1.00 7647-01-0


D.M.A. 0.55 95-68-1

SOLVENT YELLOW 14

ANILINE 0.37 62-53-3

HCl 0.89 7647-01-0


β Napthol 0.57 135-19-3


8/1310-73-0

ACID DYES

ACID RED 1

ANILINE 0.18 62-53-3

HCl 0.57 7647-01-0


ACETYLE H ACID 0.68 16698-16-1

Soda Ash 0.57 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.57 7647-14-5

ACID RED 4

O-Anisidine 0.32 90-04-0

HCl 0.57 7647-01-0


N W Acid 0.58 84-87-7

Soda Ash 0.65 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.52 7647-14-5

ACID RED 18


HCl 0.50 7647-01-0


G.Salt 0.45 578-85-8

Soda Ash 0.50 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.30 7647-14-5

ACID RED 73

PAAB 0.35 60-09-3

HCl 0.69 7647-01-0




G.Salt 0.56 578-85-8

Soda Ash 1.04 84-87-7

Salt(NaCl) 0.20 7647-14-5

ACID RED 88


HCl 0.70 7647-01-0


β Napthol 0.35 135-19-3

NaOH 0.30 1310-73-0

Salt(NaCl) 0.30 7647-14-5

ACID RED 97

BDSA 0.33 117-61-3

HCl 0.71 7647-01-0


β Napthol 0.28 135-19-3

NaOH 0.22 1310-73-0

Salt(NaCl) 0.28 7647-14-5

ACID RED 114

O Di anisidine 0.26 90-04-0

HCl 0.42 7647-01-0


H acid 0.67 90-20-0

Soda Ash 0.53 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.42 7647-14-5

ACID RED 119

Sulphanilic acid 0.25 121-57-3

HCl 2.20 7647-01-0


Amine 0.21 75-04-7

Hydrobenzenesulfonic acid 0.43 98-11-3

Soda Ash 0.59 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.73 7647-14-5

ACID RED 128


HCl 0.44 7647-01-0


G acid 0.33 578-85-8

Phenol 0.10 108-95-2

Pts Chloride 0.27 98-59-9

Soda Ash 0.55 497-19-8



Salt(NaCl) 0.44 7647-14-5

ACID RED 137

P.A.A. 0.34 122-80-5

HCl 0.54 7647-01-0

NaNO2 0.16 7632-00-0

N Ace. J Acid 0.57 6334-97-0

SALT 0.56 7647-14-5

ACID RED 214

m-Aminonitrophenol Sulphonic acid 0.52 96-93-5

HCl 0.76 7647-01-0

NaNO2 0.16 7632-00-0

Quinoline 0.39 91-22-5

SALT 0.56 7647-14-5

Soda 0.67 497-19-8

ACID RED 231

P.A.A. 0.33 122-80-5

HCl 0.53 7647-01-0

NaNO2 0.16 7632-00-0

GAMA ACID 0.53 39496-87-2

SALT 0.56 7647-14-5

ACID YELLOW 1

α Naphthol 0.42 90-15-3

H2SO4 0.89 7664-93-9

HNO3 0.38 7697-67-2

SODA 0.37 497-19-8

ACID YELLOW 11

ANILINE 0.24 62-53-3

HCl 0.63 7647-01-0


S.P.M.P. 0.67 119-17-5

Soda Ash 0.85 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.34 7647-14-5

ACID YELLOW 17


HCl 0.48 7647-01-0


2-5 dichlo.spmp 0.55 84-57-1

NaOH 0.17 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.29 7647-14-5

Na2CO3 0.19 497-19-8



ACID YELLOW 23


HCl 0.48 7647-01-0


SPCP 0.30 118-47-8

NaOH 0.17 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.29 7647-14-5

Na2CO3 0.21 497-19-8

ACID YELLOW 36

Metanilic Acid 0.53 121-41-1

HCl 0.94 7647-01-0


D.P.A. 0.52 122-39-4

Na2CO3 0.99 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.20 7647-14-5

ACID YELLOW 42

BDSA 0.43 117-61-3

HCl 0.63 7647-01-0


P.M.P 0.48 89-25-8

Soda Ash 0.63 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.38 7647-14-5

ACID YELLOW 59

Amino benzoic acid 0.42 10541-83-0

HCl 0.62 7647-01-0


PMP 0.52 89-25-8

NaOH 0.32 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.31 7647-14-5

ACID YELLOW 79

MAP 0.22 591-27-5

HCl 0.45 7647-01-0


SPMP 0.67 119-17-5

Soda Ash 0.45 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.27 7647-14-5

Ester 0.14 95481-62-2

ACID BLACK 1

PNA 0.25 93-58-3



HCl 0.88 7647-01-0


H Acid 0.57 90-20-0

ANILINE 0.18 62-53-3

Soda Ash 0.35 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.44 7647-14-5

ACID BLACK 18


HCl 0.68 7647-01-0


1-napthyle amine 0.20 134-32-7

H.Acid 0.43 90-20-0

NaOH 0.22 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.41 7647-14-5

ACID BLACK 21

5-Amino Naptiosulphonic acid 0.32 120-98-5

HCl 0.66 7647-01-0



N p toly peri acid 0.41 139-90-8

NaOH 0.21 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.39 7647-14-5

ACID BLACK 26

5-amino Anilino benz sulphonic acid 0.37 121-57-3

HCl 0.70 7647-01-0



Schaeffers acid 0.32 93-01-6

NaOH 0.23 1310-73-2

Salt (NaCl) 0.42 7647-14-5

ACID BLACK 41

PNA 0.25 93-58-3

HCl 0.88 7647-01-0


H Acid 0.56 90-20-0

ANILINE 0.33 63-53-3

Soda Ash 0.35 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.44 7647-14-5

ACID BLACK 52

6 Nitro diazo 0.48 1328-53-6



HCl 1.69 7647-01-0

Bita Napthol 0.25 135-19-3

Chromium sulphate 1.02 12306-95-7

NaOH 0.10 1310-73-2

ACID BLACK 58

Sulpho methyl amino phenol 0.47 19803-97-7

HCl 0.50 7647-01-0


1-Napthyle Acetonamide 0.51 86-86-2

NaOH 0.26 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.25 7647-14-5

ACID BLACK 63

2-Amino Nitro Phenol 0.39 603-87-2

HCl 1.25 7647-01-0


β Napthol 0.36 135-19-3

Cromium Sulphate 0.93 12306-95-7

NaOH 1.00 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 1.25 7647-14-5

ACID BLACK 194

Beta Napthol 0.21 135-19-3

6-Nitro 1,2,4,Diazo 0.42 1328-53-6

Caustic Lye 0.28 1310-73-2

Salicylic Acid 0.02 69-72-7

Basic Chromium Sulfate 0.19 12306-95-7

ACID BLACK 210

PNA 0.26 93-58-3

HCl 0.74 7647-01-0


DASA 0.19 16803-97-7

MPD 0.11 108-45-2

H. ACID 0.22 90-20-0

NaOH/Na2CO3 0.37 1310-73-

2/497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.21 7647-14-5

ACID BLUE 158

Gama Acid 0.48 39496-87-2

HCl 1.20 7647-01-0


Schaffer Acid 0.45 93-01-6



Na2CO3 0.55 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.40 7647-14-5

ACID BROWN 14


HCl 1.19 7647-01-0


Resorcinol 0.17 108-46-3

NaOH 0.44 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.32 7647-14-5

ACID BROWN 28

m-Amino Nitro Phenol 0.46

HCl 1.34 7647-01-0


2oh 5mit.acetoamide 0.55 50772-59-3

NaOH 0.82 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.60 7647-14-5

ACID BROWN 121

PNA 0.17 93-58-3

HCl 1.25 7647-01-0


H Acid 0.40 90-20-0

resorcinol 0.14 108-46-3

2amino nitrophenol 0.19 603-87-2

Soda Ash 0.50 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 7647-14-5

ACID GREEN 19

(2-5DCA) 0.21 95-82-9

HCl 0.89 7647-01-0


H Acid 0.57 90-20-0

ANILINE 0.12 62-53-3

Soda Ash 0.36 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.45 7647-14-5

ACID ORANGE 7


HCl 0.74 7647-01-0


β Napthol 0.45 135-19-3

NaOH 0.27 1310-73-2

Salt (NaCl) 0.20 7647-14-5



ACID ORANGE 10

ANILINE 0.22 62-53-3

HCl 0.55 7647-01-0


G. Salt 0.72 578-85-8

Soda Ash 0.75 497-19-8

Salt (NaCl) 0.30 7647-14-5

ACID ORANGE 30

Aniline 0.21 62-53-3

HCl 0.78 7647-01-0


Chloro acetyle j acid 0.84 6334-97-0

Soda Ash 0.78 497-19-7

Salt(NaCl) 0.67 7647-14-5

ACID ORANGE 72

3-Amino-4-hydroxy-5-nitrobenzenesulfonic

acid

0.52 98-37-3

HCl 1.00 7647-01-0


P.M.P 0.39 89-25-8

Soda Ash 0.78 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.67 7647-14-5

DIRECT DYES

DIRECT BLACK NB

DABA 0.26 785-30-5

HCl 0.70 7647-01-0


H ACID 0.37 90-20-0

ANILINE 0.11 62-53-3

M.P.D. 0.13 108-45-2

Na2CO3 0.35 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.23 7647-14-5

DIRECT BLACK 19

PNA 0.22 93-58-3


HCl 1.50 7647-01-0

H. Acid 0.24 90-20-0

Soda 0.80 497-19-8

MPD 0.13 108-45-2

Salt 0.30 7647-14-5



DIRECT BLACK 22

DASA 0.28 16108-97-7


HCl 1.08 7647-01-0

Gama Acid 0.43 39496-87-2

Soda 0.72 497-19-8

MPD 0.19 108-45-2

Salt 0.27 7647-14-5

DIRECT BLACK 168

FC Acid 0.27 119-70-0


HCl 1.43 7647-01-0

H. Acid 0.30 90-20-0

Soda 0.29 497-19-8

MPD 0.10 108-45-2

Aniline 0.09 62-53-3

Salt 0.29 7647-14-5

DIRECT BLUE G


HCl 0.53 7647-01-0


Scaffer Acid 0.59 93-01-6

Soda Ash 0.66 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.53 7647-14-5

DIRECT BLUE 15


HCl 0.42 7647-01-0


H acid 0.67 90-20-0

Soda Ash 0.53 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.42 7647-14-5

DIRECT SKY BLUE FB


HCl 0.42 7647-01-0


Chikago Acid 0.67 82-47-3

Soda Ash 0.53 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.42 7647-14-5

DIRECT FAST VIOLET 2RL



Mix xylidine sulphonate 0.26 1300-73-8

HCl 0.52 7647-01-0


Pera Cresidine 0.18 120-71-8

Soda Ash 0.66 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.52 7647-14-5

Phinyle J Acid 0.43 119-40-4

DIRECT FAST VIOLET 2RL

Mix xylidine sulphonate 0.26 133-73-8

HCl 0.52 7647-01-0


Pera Cresidine 0.18 120-71-8

Soda Ash 0.66 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.52 7647-14-5

Phinyle J Acid 0.43 119-40-4

DIRECT ORANGE 34

Sulphanilic acid 0.57 121-57-3

HCl 0.65 7647-01-0


Aniline 0.15 62-53-3


8/1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.16 7647-14-5

toludine 0.17 108-88-3

DIRECT RED 7


HCl 0.51 7647-01-0


Napthionic Acid 0.57 1338-24-5

Soda Ash 0.64 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.51 7647-14-5

DIRECT RED 23

Aniline 0.11 62-53-3

HCl 0.46 7647-01-0


JAcid Urea 0.58 134-47-4

P-Amino Acetanilide 0.23 122-80-5

NaOH 0.58 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.46 7647-14-5

DIRECT RED 26



Aniline 0.24 62-53-3

HCl 0.52 7647-01-0


JAcid Urea 0.66 134-47-4

NaOH 0.65 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.52 7647-14-5

DIRECT RED 80

Disulpho PAAB 0.52 104-23-4

HCl 0.51 7647-01-0


J Acid Urea 0.37 134-47-4

Soda Ash 0.47 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.14 7647-14-5

DIRECT RED 81

PAABSA 0.36 104-23-4

HCl 0.90 7647-01-0


Benzoyl J Acid 0.56 132-87-6

Soda Ash 0.97 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.26 7647-14-5

DIRECT RED 89

Aniline 0.08 62-53-3

HCl 0.59 7647-01-0


H Acid 0.27 90-20-0

Scaffer Acid 0.19 93-01-6

Methyle Anisol 0.10 104-93-8

Sulpho BEnzoyle amine 0.17 100-46-9

Cynuric chloride 0.16 108-77-0

Soda Ash 0.64 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.17 7647-14-5

DIRECT RED 239

Bonners Acid 0.33

J-Acid 0.19 87-02-5

HCl 30% 0.26 7647-01-0


Sodium Bicarbonate 0.2 144-55-8

Caustic Lye 0.05 1310-73-2

DIRECT YELLOW 4

DASDA 0.60 81-11-8



HCl 1.14 7647-01-0


PHENOL 0.27 108-95-2

NaOH 0.26 1310-73-2

Salt(NaCl) 0.29 7647-14-5

DIRECT BROWN NB

DABA 0.32 785-30-8

HCl 0.71 7647-01-0


GAMA 0.34 39496-87-2

SALICYLIC ACID 0.20 69-72-7

Na2CO3 0.43 497-19-8

Salt(NaCl) 0.29 7647-14-5

REACTIVE DYES

REACTIVE BLACK CNN

Acetanilide VS 0.44 2494-89-5

H-Acid 0.15 90-20-0

HCl 30% 0.18 7647-01-0


Sodium Bicarbonate 0.24 144-55-8

J-Acid 0.04 87-02-5

Caustic Lye 0.01 1310-73-2

REACTIVE BLACK 5

Acetanilide VS 0.48 2494-89-5

H-Acid 0.27 1310-73-2

HCl 30% 0.19 7647-01-0


Sodium Bicarbonate 0.24

REACTIVE BLACK 8

CYNURIC CJHLORIDE 0.25 108-77-0


HCl 0.20 7647-01-0

M.amino nitro Phenol 0.21

Soda 0.67 497-19-8

H.Acid 0.43 90-20-0

Salt 0.40 7647-14-5

REACTIVE ORANGE 7

V S 0.42 77-77-0


HCl 0.86 7647-01-0



Aceto S N 0.49 1338-24-5

Soda 0.79 497-19-8

Salt 0.47 7647-14-5

REACTIVE ORANGE 122



HCl 0.53 7647-01-0

VS 0.26 77-77-0

Soda 0.48 497-19-8

2-5 DISULPHO 2 ANAPTHYLE 0.29

Salt 0.29 7647-14-5

Gama 0.23 39496-87-2

REACTIVE RED 3BS

CYNURIC CHLORIDE 0.13 108-77-0


HCl 0.68 7647-01-0

H.Acid 0.22 90-20-0

Soda 0.34 497-19-8

2AMINO DI SULPHONIC ACID 0.20 99-44-2

Salt 0.21 7647-14-5

REACTIVE RED M 5B



HCl 0.24 7647-01-0

Aniline 0.15 62-53-3

Soda 0.81 497-19-5

H.Acid 0.51 90-20-0

Salt 0.48 7647-14-5

REACTIVE RED 120

CYNURIC CHLORIDE 0.21 108-77-0


HCl 0.31 7647-01-0

H.ACID 0.36 90-20-0

Soda 0.29 497-19-8

1-AMINE SULPONEPTH 0.28

Salt 0.17 7647-14-5

P.P.D. 0.06 88-53-9

REACTIVE YELLOW 15





HCl 0.82 7647-01-0

VS 0.40 77-77-0

Soda 0.75 497-19-8

Benzene Sulphonic Acid 0.24 27176-87-0

Salt 0.45 7647-14-5

REACTIVE YELLOW 37

Cynuric Chloride 0.26 108-77-0


HCl 0.76 7647-01-0

2 AMINO 2 5 DI SULPHON 0.45 24605-36-5

Soda 0.70 497-19-8

VS PY ZO 0.23 88054-14-2

Salt 0.42 7647-14-5

REACTIVE YELLOW 145



HCl 0.51 7647-01-0

VS 0.25 77-77-0

Soda 0.47 497-19-8

1 Nepthyle amine Trisulphophonic Acid 0.36 1429-50-1

Salt 0.28 7647-14-5

Aminophynyle urea 0.17 91711-44-5

REACTIVE YELLOW 160



HCl 0.67 7647-01-0

VS 0.32 77-77-0

Soda 0.61 497-19-8

2 4 diamino benzene sulphonic acid 0.22 88-63-1

Salt 0.37 7647-14-5

Easter 0.40 95481-62-2



2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

2.4.1 LAND

Total 4,452 m2

land area is available at site; out of this area about 2,600 m2 (58.4 %) area is

covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.

2.4.2 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES

Transportation of all raw material/s and Product/s are and will be primarily by road only.

2.4.3 WATER AND WASTEWATER

Existing:

Total raw water requirement is 13.5 KL/day (Industrial: 11.2 KL/day + Domestic: 0.3 KL/day +

Gardening: 2.0 KL/day) which is met through ground water (bore well). Total waste water

generation is 3.6 KL/day (Industrial: 3.3 KL/day + Domestic: 0.3 KL/day). Waste water is

treated in existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) of primary treatment (neutralization)

facility. Treated effluent is sent to Spray Dryer/Single Stage Vacuum Evaporation system to

achieve zero discharge of waste water. Waste water converted in steam/converted in clean

water through condenser of single stage evaporation system is recycled in process or used

for makeup water in cooling tower. Domestic waste water is disposed through septic tank &

soak pit.

Total after proposed expansion:

Total raw water requirement will be is 31.0 KL/day (Industrial: 24.5 KL/day + Domestic: 3.0

KL/day + Gardening: 3.5 KL/day) which will also be met through ground water (existing bore

well). No additional bore well will be drilled within premises after proposed expansion. Total

waste water generation will be 16.3 KL/day (Industrial: 13.3 KL/day + Domestic: 3.0 KL/day).

Treatment and disposal of waste water will be done through same way as existing.



TABLE – 2.2

DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION & WASTE WATER GENERATION

SR.

NO. DESCRIPTION

EXISTING TOTAL AFTER PROPOSED

EXPANSION

WATER

CONSUMPTION

(KL/Day)

WASTE WATER

GENERATION

(KL/Day)

WATER

CONSUMPTI

ON (KL/Day)

WASTE

WATER

GENERATION

(KL/Day)

1 Process 3.5 2.5 15.0 12.0

2 Boiler 1.0 0.1 2.0 0.2

3 Cooling 6.0 0.3 6.0 0.3

4 Washing 0.5 0.4 1.0 0.8

5 Scrubber 0.2 -- 0.5 --

Total Industrial 11.2 3.3 24.5 13.3

5 Domestic * 0.3 0.3 3.0 3.0

6 Gardening 2.0 -- 3.5 --

Grand Total 13.5 3.6 31.0 16.3

* Domestic waste water will be disposed through septic tank & soak pit.



• WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM - TOTAL AFTER PROPOSED EXPANSION

(All quantities are in KL/Day)

Total Water Requirement

31.0

Process

12.0

Boiler

2.0

Cooling

6.0

Washing

1.0 Scrubber

0.5

Gardening

3.5

Domestic

3.0

Domestic

wastewater:

3.0 � Septic

Tank/Soak

Pit

Process

W/W

12.0

Boiler

W/W

0.2

Cooling

W/W

0.3

Washing

W/W

0.8

ETP

(Primary and Tertiary Treatment)

Spry Dryer/Single Stage Vacuum

Evaporation

13.3

Treated Water

Recycled in process or

used for makeup water in

cooling tower



2.4.3.1 TREATMENT PROCESS

2.4.3.1.1 EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS

Sr. No. Parameter Inlet Outlet

1 pH 6.0 – 9.5 7.0 – 7.5

2 COD (mg/L) 2,000 - 2,500 1,500 - 1,600

3 BOD (mg/L) 1,600 - 1,800 600 - 800

4 TDS (mg/L) 4,000 3,500

2.4.3.1.2 EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT, SPRAY DRYER AND SINGLE STAGE VACUUM

EVAPORATION SYSTEM FACILITY

M/s. S. M. Industries has ETP, Spray Dryer and Single Stage Vacuum Evaporation system to

achieve zero discharge of waste water.

• Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) Details

First all non-toxic and biodegradable streams of wastewater is collected in Collection Tank

(CT-01). Then effluent is pumped to Neutralization Tank (NT-01) where the continuous

addition and stirring of Caustic solution is done to maintain neutral pH of wastewater from

Caustic Dosing Tank (CDT-01) as per requirement by gravity. Mixer is provided in NT-01 for

mixing.

Thereafter, neutralized wastewater is passed through Sludge Drying Beds (SDBs-A/B) for

removal of suspended solids and filter rate from SDB-01 is collected in Treated Effluent

Sump (TES-01) before sent to Spray Dryer (SD-01) / Singe Stage Vacuum Evaporation System

for further treatment.

Unit Name and Size

S.N. Name of unit Size (m x m x m) No. MOC/ Remark

Flow = 15 KLD

1 Collection Tank (CT-01) 3.0 x 3.0 x 2.0 1 RCC M25

2 Neutralization Tank (NT-01) 4.0 x 4.0 x 2.0 1 RCC M25

3 Treated Effluent Sump (TES-01) 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.5 1 RCC M25

4 Spray Dryer (SD-01) 15 KLD 1 SS

5 Single Stage Vacuum

Evaporation System

1 KL/hr. 1 --

6 Caustic Dosing Tank (CDT-01) 500 lit 1 HDPE

7 Sludge Drying Beds (SDBs-A/B) 3.0 x 3.0 2 Bk. Mas. With PCC



Bedding+ filling Media

ETP Process Flow Diagram:

Spray Dryer / Single Stage

Vacuum Evaporation System



Spray Dryer

Spray Dryer is of 1.2 KL/hr capacity. Effluent is directly spray dried in spray dryer. Solid

waste generate from process is either disposed to common TSDF site or sell as a by-product.

Finally company achieves zero discharge.

Existing spray dryer capacity is adequate to spray dried additional effluent to be generated

after proposed expansion.

SPRAY DRYER UNITS:

Sr. No. Unit Name Sr. No. Unit Name

1 Feed Tank 13 Drying Chamber

2 Water Funnel 14 Cyclone Separator

3 Feed Pump 15 Rotary Valve

4 Rotary Atomizer 16 Ventury Duct

5 Air Filter Unit for DHAG-01 17 Wet Scrubber

6 F.D. Blower for DHAG-01 18 Scrubber Tank

7 Direct Fired Air Heater 19 Scrubber Pump

8 Gas Burner 20 I.D. Blower

9 Air Filter Unit for DHAG-02 21 Secondary Scrubber

10 F.D. Blower for DHAG-02 22 Exhaust Chimney

11 Direct Wood/Agrowaste 23 Control Panel

Fired HAG

12 Air Distributor



PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM:



• Single Stage Vacuum Evaporation System - Capacity: 1 KL/hr.


Waste water if feed to evaporator vessel from feed tank. Steam is supplied to calandria for

heating the water inside vessel. Due to thermo siphon, water starts heating uniformly.

Cooling water feed pump with spraying system in barometric condenser create vacuum in the

system.

Now, the top surface of water in vessel is heated to enough temperature to start vaporizing

under vacuum. This vapor passes through moisture separator and enters in to direct cooling

barometric condenser and comes in contact with cooled water circulated through cooling tower

through feed pump.

Waste water converted in steam/converted in clean water through condenser which is recycled

in process or use for makeup water in cooling tower. Thus, this will reduce fresh water demand.

Now, due to constant evaporation, TDS level in the vessel is increased slowly and reaches to

crystallization stage. This high TSD sludge is drained out of vessel and kept in open crystallizer

pan. After crystallization, solid sludge is centrifuged for further drying and sends to TSDF site for

disposal. The residue comes out from centrifuge is recycled in next batch (feed tank).

UNITS:

Sr. No. Unit Name

1 Evaporator vessel with steam heated calandria

2 Feed Tank

3 Moisture Separator

4 Direct Cooling Barometric Condenser

5 Cooling Tower

6 Cooling water feed pump



PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM:



2.4.4 SOURCES OF AIR EMISSION AND AIR POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENTS

TABLE – 2.3

DETAILS SOURCE OF EMISSION AND AIR POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENTS

Sr.

No. Stack/Vent

attached to

Stack

Height

(meter)

Stack

Diameter

(meter)

Fuel name &

Quantity

Type of

Emission APCE

Existing

1. Boiler

(1 TPH) 12 0.6

Agro waste /

Biofuel (White coal)

(175 Kg/hr.)

PM

SO2

NOx

Multicyclone

Separator

and Dust

Collector

2 Hot Air Generator 12 0.3 PNG

(10 m3/hr)

PM

SO2

NOx

Dust

Collector

Proposed

3 Boiler

(1 TPH) 12 0.6

Agro waste /

Biofuel (White coal)

(175 Kg/hr.)

PM

SO2

NOx

Cyclone

Separator

4 Spray Dryer

(1.2 KL/hr.) 15 0.5

PNG

(55 m3/hr)

PM

SO2

NOx

Water

immersed

Cyclone

separator

for Dust

Collection

5

D.G. Set*

(Capacity – 75

KVA)

10 0.3 Diesel

(30 Liter/hr)

PM

SO2

NOx

-

* To be used in emergency only.



2.4.5 NOISE LEVEL AND CONTROL SYSTEM

Extensive oiling and lubrication and preventive maintenance are carried out to reduce noise

generation at source to the permissible limit. Manufacturers/suppliers of major noise

generating equipment/machines like compressors, generators should be asked to take required

measures for minimizing the noise levels generated by machines by using noise absorbing

material for various enclosures or using appropriate design/technology for

fabricating/assembling the machines. However, at place where noise levels can exceed the

permissible limit, Earplugs and Earmuffs are provided to those working in such area.

Audiometric tests should be conducted periodically for the employees working close to the high

noise sources. This system will follow after proposed expansion. Adequate plantation has done

to control noise level at site.

2.4.6 HAZARDOUS AND SOILD WASTE GENERATIONS AND DISPOSAL SYSTEM

Six categories of Hazardous/Solid Wastes are generated from existing unit and total Four

categories of Hazardous/Solid Wastes to be generated after proposed expansion. Hazardous

waste generation quantity, physical characteristics and mode of disposal are given in Table-2.4.

TABLE – 2.4

DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTES GENERATION AND DISPOSAL MODE

SR.

NO. TYPE OF WASTE

CATEGOR

Y NO.

QUANTITY

DISPOSAL MODE EXISTING

TOTAL AFTER

PROPOSED

EXPANSION

1 ETP Sludge 35.3/Sch-I 0.416

MT/Month 1.2 MT/Month

Collection, Storage,

Transportation and sent to

common TSDF site for

disposal.

2 Used Oil 5.1/Sch-1 -- 20 Liter/Month


Transportation and sell to

GPCB registered reprocess

or/refiner

3

Discarded

Drums/Container

s /Bags

33.1/Sch-I -- 1000 Nos./Month


Decontamination,

Transportation & sell to GPCB

authorized Vendor.

4 MEE Salt 37.3/Sch-I -- 10 MT/Month Collection, Storage,





disposal/reuse.

5 Spry Dryer

Sludge 35.3/Sch-I -- 20 MT/Month

Collection, Storage and sell as

Tinting dyes to end user.

6 Fly Ash from

Boilers -- -- 10 MT/Month



brick manufacturer/common

TSDF site for disposal /used

for land filling.

7 Spent Solvent 26.4/Sch-I -- 1 MT/Month



end user.

2.4.7 DETAILS OF UTILITIES

Various utilities required for proper functioning of manufacturing plants. These utilities include

boiler, cooling plant, cooling tower, DM water plant, Chilling Plant & Brine Unit, Air compressor,

High Vacuum System, etc.

2.5 POWER & FUEL REQUIREMENT

• Power Requirement

Sr.

No.

Requirement Source

Existing

Total After

Proposed

Expansion

Existing After Proposed Expansion

1. 60 KVA 80 KVA • MGVCL

• MGVCL

• D.G. Set - 1 no.

- 75 KVA capacity (emergency

standby)



• Fuel Requirement

Sr.

No. Fuel

Requirement

Existing Total After Proposed Expansion

1 Agro waste /

Biofuel (White coal) 175 Kg/hr. 350 Kg/hr.

2 PNG 10 m3/hr. 65 m

3/hr.

3 Diesel - 30 Liter/hr.

2.6 DETAILS OF GREENBELT

Total 4,452 m2



2.7 DEPLOYMENT OF QUALIFIED/SKILLED MAN POWER

Particular Existing Total after Proposed Expansion

Regular 10 15

Contract 0 5

Total 10 20



2.8 STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

Sr.

No.

Name of

Hazardous

chemical

Quantity Places of

its

Storage

(Storage

tank

/drums

/cylinders

/barrels)

No. of

Storages

Places

of its

Storage

State Type of

Hazards

Control measures

provided

Max.

that

Can

be

Stored

Actually

stored

(Including

in

process

&

handling)

1. HCl (30 %) 15 KL 12 KL Tank 3.0 Tank

Farm

Area

Liquid Corrosive • Closed handling and transferring

systems for Hazardous chemicals.

• Dyke wall and material collection

systems are provided to all material

storage tank/s.

• Fire Extinguishers and absorbents

will be available near storage tanks

and storage area.

• Drums to be stored on pallet with

the suitable trap.

2 H2SO4

(98%)

1 KL 0.2 KL Drum 1.0 # Storage

Area

Liquid Corrosive

M/s. S. M. INDUSTRIES ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Prepared By: Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Surat 3- 1

CHAPTER – 3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves as the basis

for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. The baseline environmental quality

is assessed through field studies within the impact zone for various components of the

environment, viz. air, noise, water, land and socio-economic. The baseline environmental

quality has been assessed in the Post-Monsoon season of 2017 (October to December,

2017) in accordance with the guidelines for preparation of EIA studies in a study area of 10

km radial distance from the project site.

3.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGY OF THE AREA

The climate of Gujarat is varied, as it is moist in the southern districts and dry in the

northern region. The Arabian Sea and the Gulf of Cambay in the west and the forest-covered

hills in the east soften the rigors of climatic extremes, consequently reducing the

temperature and render the climate more pleasant and healthy. Bharuch lies along the

southern part of the state and experiences a climate with aridity index of 15 to 20 per cent

indicating adequate moisture availability in the soils for most part of the year.




3.1.1 TEMPERATURE DETAILS

Minimum, Maximum and Average Temperatures for Vadodara Station of the year 2016 are

given in Table 3.1.

TABLE – 3.1

TEMPERATURE DATA

Month

(2016)

Minimum

Temperature

(0C)

Maximum

Temperature

(0C)

Average

Temperature

(0C)

January 9.4 35.0 22.3

February 12.8 37.2 24.5

March 19.5 42.0 30.0

April 23.4 43.0 32.5

May 26.6 44.6 34.8

June 26.6 44.1 33.9

July 24.7 35.6 29.7

August 23.6 34.6 28.2

September 24.0 36.5 29.2

October 17.2 35.1 27.9

November 12.6 34.4 24.0

December 11.0 32.2 22.0



3.1.2 RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH)

Minimum, Maximum and Average Monthly Relative Humidity for Vadodara Station of the

year 2016 is given in Table 3.2.

TABLE – 3.2

RELATIVE HUMIDITY DATA

Month

(2016) Minimum R.H.% Maximum R.H.% Average R.H.%

January 18 91 56

February 14 90 51

March 9 91 41

April 17 75 41

May 20 83 52

June 25 91 59

July 51 98 78

August 49 98 82

September 45 98 73

October 30 98 68

November 24 83 54

December 21 88 54



3.1.3 RAINFALL

Rainfall data for Vadodara Station of the year 2016 is presented in Table 3.3.

TABLE – 3.3

RAINFALL DATA

Month

(2016)

Monthly Total

(mm) Numbers of Rainy Days

January 0 0

February 0 0

March 0 0

April 0 0

May 0 0

June 66.8 4

July 172.2 21

August 313.0 23

September 129.8 8

October 23.4 5

November 0 0

December 0 0

Total 705.2 61

Total rainfall, during the monsoon period, has been recorded as 705.2 mm.



3.1.4 WIND SPEED

Wind speed for Vadodara Station of the year 2016 is given in Table 3.4.

TABLE – 3.4

WIND SPEED DATA

Sr. No. Month

(2016)

Average Wind speed

(KMPH)

1. January 7.0

2. February 8.0

3. March 8.0

4. April 9.0

5. May 16.0

6. June 16.0

7. July 13.0

8. August 13.0

9. September 11.0

10. October 6.0

11. November 6.0

12. December 7.0

Average 10.0



Site-specific meteorological data is given in Table-3.5. A meteorological station was installed

at the project site to know temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed, direction,

and rainfall at the project site during the study period:

TABLE – 3.5

SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA (PERIOD – OCTOBER TO DECEMBER, 2017)

METEOROLOGICAL PARAMETER MONTH

OCTOBER’ 17 NOVEMBER’ 17 DECEMBER’ 17

Temperature (0C)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

14.2

32.3

23.1

12.1

30.8

21.8

11.4

29.9

20.5

Relative Humidity (%)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

19.2

96.6

58.2

21.7

98.2

60.8

21.3

99.1

60.9

Wind Speed (km/h)

Min.

Max.

Avg.

0

18

5.3

0

23

6.6

0

21

5.1

There was no rainfall during the study period. Diurnal shift in wind direction was not

observed during study period. The wind rose diagram prepared from data collected at site is

shown in Figure 3.1A, while stability class diagram is shown in Figure 3.1B



FIGURE-3.1A

WIND ROSE DIAGRAM



11.4

78.4

7.8

2.40

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

%

Wind Class Frequency Distribution

Wind Class (m/s)Calms 0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1

12.811.5

7.5 7.69.1

40.1

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

%

Stability Class Frequency Distribution

Stability ClassA B C D E F

FIGURE-3.1B

STABILITY CLASS DISTRIBUTION



3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.2.1 DESIGN OF NETWORK FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

The air quality status in the impact zone is assessed through a network of ambient air

quality monitoring locations. The tropical climatic conditions mainly control the transport

and dispersion of air pollutant emissions during various seasons.

The baseline studies for air environment include identification of specific air pollutants prior

to implementation of the project. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study

requires monitoring of baseline ambient air quality during one season. Accordingly, ambient

air quality monitoring was carried out in the post-monsoon season from October 1, 2017 to

December 31, 2017 was collected. The main sources of air emissions in the study area are

industrial operations, vehicular emission, dust from paved and unpaved tracks, fuel burning

for domestic purpose, and wind blown dust from open land.

Ten Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) locations were selected based on guidelines of

ambient air quality network siting criteria of CPCB. All AAQM locations were selected within

the study area of 10 km radial distance from the project site covering all zones i.e. industrial,

residential, rural & other area as per NAAQS and keeping in mind local topography and

meteorology of the area.

3.2.2 METHODOLOGY FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National Ambient Air

Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried

out at 10 locations during the study period. The locations of the different stations with

respect to its distance and direction from project site are shown in Table-3.6 and Figure-3.2

respectively.

The conventional and project specific parameters such as Suspended Particulate Matter,

Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM10), Respirable Suspended Particulate

Matter (RSPM-PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ozone (O3), Lead

(Pb), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP),

Arsenic (AS), Nickel (Ni) & VOCs were monitored at site.

The values for mentioned concentrations of various pollutants at all the monitoring

locations were processed for different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, minimum

concentration, and maximum concentration and percentile values. The existing baselines

levels of Suspended Particulate Matter, Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-

PM10), Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM-PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2),

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ozone (O3), Lead (Pb), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3),

Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (AS), Nickel (Ni) & VOCs are expressed in

terms of various statistical parameters as given in Tables-3.7 National ambient air quality

standards are enclosed as Annexure-1.



TABLE – 3.6

DETAILS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

SR.

NO.

NAME OF VILLAGE BEARING

W.R.T.

PROJECT

SITE

APPROXIMATE RADIAL

DISTANCE FROM PROJECT

SITE (KM)

TYPE

OF

AREA

1 Project-site (A1) --- --- Industrial

2 Sokhada (A2) WNW 0.79 Residential

3 Lunej (A3) WNW 2.58 Residential

4 Paldi (A4) NW 2.60 Residential

5 Malasoni (A5) N 3.75 Residential

6 Neja (A6) ESE 1.50 Residential

7 Nagra (A7) ENE 3.28 Residential

8 Khambhat (A8) SSE 4.65 Residential

9 Zalapur (A9) NNE 2.62 Residential

10 Akhol (A10) SSW 7.75 Residential



FIGURE - 3.2

LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS



TABLE 3.7

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS (OCTOBER to DECEMBER, 2017) Unit: µµµµg/m3

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

SPM PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx O3

AVERAGE

1 Project-site (A1) 115.8 73.36 43.22 17.09 12.92 14.33

2 Sokhada (A2) 117.26 72.80 41.66 12.45 8.57 10.96

3 Lunej (A3) 115.9 69.35 43.06 13.21 9.16 11.59

4 Paldi (A4) 118.3 74.98 43.87 11.94 8.63 10.37

5 Malasoni (A5) 115.2 73.84 41.36 15.58 11.23 11.14

6 Neja (A6) 119.1 76.94 44.25 12.43 9.66 10.38

7 Nagra (A7) 115.6 71.95 40.35 13.81 10.64 12.37

8 Khambhat (A8) 112.3 71.35 43.09 14.76 10.39 10.71

9 Zalapur (A9) 127.6 78.83 47.28 16.85 12.47 11.38

10 Akhol (A10) 116.2 74.96 42.80 13.57 11.49 10.54

Limit 500 100 60 80 80 100

TABLE 3.7 (CONTD.)


SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

Pb NH3 CO

(mg/m3)

C6H6 BaP

(ng/m3)

As

(ng/m3)

Ni

(ng/m3)

AVERAGE

1 Project-site (A1) BDL BDL 1.27 BDL BDL BDL BDL

2 Sokhada (A2) BDL BDL 1.21 BDL BDL BDL BDL

3 Lunej (A3) BDL BDL 1.27 BDL BDL BDL BDL

4 Paldi (A4) BDL BDL 1.22 BDL BDL BDL BDL

5 Malasoni (A5) BDL BDL 1.27 BDL BDL BDL BDL

6 Neja (A6) BDL BDL 1.22 BDL BDL BDL BDL

7 Nagra (A7) BDL BDL 1.22 BDL BDL BDL BDL

8 Khambhat (A8) BDL BDL 1.24 BDL BDL BDL BDL

9 Zalapur (A9) BDL BDL 1.24 BDL BDL BDL BDL

10 Akhol (A10) BDL BDL 1.27 BDL BDL BDL BDL

Limit 1 400 4 5 1 6 20

Note: BDL – Below Detectable Limit



TABLE 3.7 (CONTD.)


SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

HCl Cl2 HC

(ppm)

VOCs

(Isobutylene

Equivalent)

(ppm)

AVERAGE

1 Project-site (A1) BDL BDL BDL 0.8

2 Sokhada (A2) BDL BDL BDL 0.8

3 Lunej (A3) BDL BDL BDL 0.4

4 Paldi (A4) BDL BDL BDL 0.5

5 Malasoni (A5) BDL BDL BDL 0.4

6 Neja (A6) BDL BDL BDL 0.4

7 Nagra (A7) BDL BDL BDL 0.4

8 Khambhat (A8) BDL BDL BDL 0.5

9 Zalapur (A9) BDL BDL BDL 0.5

10 Akhol (A10) BDL BDL BDL 0.4

Note: BDL – Below Detectable Limit

Note:

PARAMETER TEST METHOD

Particulate Matter (PM10) IS 5182 (PART 23):2006 (Cyclonic Flow Technique) Gravimetric

Particulate Matter (PM2.5) Gravimetric

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) IS 5182 (PART-2):2001

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) IS 5182 (PART-6):2006

Ozone (O3) IS 5182 (PART-9) :1974 **

Lead (Pb) AAS APHA 3030 E

Ammonia (NH3) Indophenol Blue Method *Carbon Monoxide (CO) Digital CO Analyzer

**Benzene (C6H6) Adsorption extraction followed by GC/GCMS

**Benzo (α) Pyrene (BaP) Solvent extraction followed by GC/GCMS

**Arsenic (As) AAS APHA 3114 B- C

**Nickel (Ni) AAS APHA 3030 E

**Hydro Carbon (HC) Digital Gas Analyzer

Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S)

IS 5182 (PART-7):1973 *Hydrochloric Acid(HCl) Titrametric Method

Chlorine (CL2) IS:5182:(PART-19):1982 *Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) IS:5182:(PART-13):1991

Carbon Disulphide (CS2) IS:5182:(PART-20):1982

VOC – Aeroqual Series 300 (Sensor 0 – 25 ppm)

Minimum Detectable Limit – 0.1 ppm

Minimum Detection Limit:

Ammonia (NH3) : 1 µg/m3 **Nickel (as Ni) : 10 ng/m3 **Hydrocarbon(HC) : 1 ppm **Lead (as Pb) : 0.5 µg/m3 **Benzene (as C6H6) : 2 µg/m3 *Carbon

Monoxide(as CO)

: 1.14

mg/m3 **Arsenic (as As) : 2 ng/m3 **Benzo (α) Pyrene (BaP) : 0.5 ng/m3 *Not in our NABL Scope,

**Analysed by Sub Contractor (Not in our NABL Scope)



TABLE 3.7 (CONTD.)

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS- MINIMUM, MAXIMUM, 98TH

PERCENTILE VALUE &

AVERAGE (24 HRS.)

(OCTOBER to DECEMBER, 2017) Unit: µµµµg/m3

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx O3

1 Project-site (A1)

Arithmetic Mean 74 43 17 13 14

Min – Max 70-80 40-47 12-19 10-17 10-18

98th

Percentile 79.32 46.10 18.25 16.08 17.56

2 Sokhada (A2)


Min – Max 68-78 38-46 10-18 7-15 8-15

98th

Percentile 77.02 45.16 16.98 14.06 14.78

3 Lunej (A3)


Min – Max 65-75 38-47 9-15 7-13 9-14

98th

Percentile 73.69 46.64 14.09 12.56 13.68

4 Paldi (A4)


Min – Max 70-79 39-48 10-17 7-13 7-15

98th

Percentile 78.51 47.13 16.34 12.26 14.35

5 Malasoni (A5)


Min – Max 70-77 39-47 11-20 9-17 8-16

98th

Percentile 76.47 46.59 18.96 16.37 15.19

6 Neja (A6)


Min – Max 72-81 40-47 10-16 8-14 8-16

98th

Percentile 80.16 46.78 15.39 13.27 14.89

7 Nagra (A7)


Min – Max 68-75 37-44 10-17 7-15 10-16

98th

Percentile 74.15 43.52 16.59 14.42 15.27

8 Khambhat (A8)


Min – Max 68-76 39-48 10-18 7-14 8-15

98th

Percentile 75.67 47.55 17.38 13.72 14.11

9 Zalapur (A9)




Min – Max 75-83 42-51 13-21 9-15 8-16

98th

Percentile 82.65 50.85 20.63 14.19 15.11

10 Akhol (A10)


Min – Max 71-80 40-47 10-17 8-17 8-14

98th

Percentile 79.43 46.28 16.64 16.77 13.33

Limit 100 60 80 80 100

3.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The objective of the noise pollution survey around the project site was to identify existing

noise sources and to measure background noise levels. Major noise sources in the study

area are industries, commercial, and vehicular movements. The noise monitoring locations

are given in Table-3.8A and shown in Figure-3.3 while the results of noise monitoring are

given in Table 3.8B.

3.3.1 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING

The noise monitoring was carried out at ten locations in day time during (6 am to 9 pm) and

at night time (9 pm to 6 am) in the study area covering all the areas i.e. industrial,

commercial, residential and silence zones as mentioned in Noise (Pollution and Control)

Rules, 2000. CPCB Recommendations for community noise exposure are attached as

Annexure – 3. Hourly Equivalent noise levels Leq (day) and Leq (night) were measured at

each monitoring locations. One day monitoring on December 25-30, 2017 during day and

night time was carried out at all the locations. Besides, damage risk criteria for hearing loss

given by Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) are enclosed as Annexure - 2.

The noise level measured in study area at different locations is given in Table 3.8. The noise

sources identified around the site are vehicular traffic, industrial and commercial activities.

CPCB recommendation for community noise exposure in different category of area (i.e.

residential, commercial, industrial and silence zone) is enclosed as Annexure - 3 while

Damage risk criteria for hearing loss given by occupational safety & health administration

(OSHA) is enclosed as Annexure - 2. The noise levels were below the stipulated standards of

CPCB.

Noise levels due to transportation were also measured at five different locations. The

equivalent noise level Leq (60 min average) measured at a distance of 10 m and 20 m from

the edge of the road at each of the locations are presented in Table 3.9. The communities

close to the project site are not exposed to major noise sources. The commercial activities

and transport apart from natural sources contribute to community noise levels.



TABLE – 3.8A

DETAILS OF AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

SR.

NO. NAME OF VILLAGE

BEARING

W.R.T.

PROJECT

SITE

APPROXIMATE RADIAL

DISTANCE FROM PROJECT

SITE (KM)

TYPE

OF

AREA

1 Project-site (N1) --- --- Industrial

2 Sokhada (N2) WNW 0.79 Residential

3 Lunej (N3) WNW 2.58 Residential

4 Paldi (N4) NW 2.60 Residential

5 Malasoni (A5) N 3.75 Residential

6 Neja (N6) ESE 1.50 Residential

7 Nagra (N7) ENE 3.28 Residential

8 Khambhat (N8) SSE 4.65 Residential

9 Zalapur (N9) NNE 2.62 Residential

10 Akhol (N10) SSW 7.75 Residential



FIGURE – 3.3

LOCATION OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS



TABLE – 3.8B

BACKGROUND NOISE LEVELS (OCTOBER to DECEMBER, 2017)

SR.

NO. LOCATION

NOISE LEVEL IN

dB(A) TIME

1 Project-site (N1) 65-75

61-69

Day

Night

2 Sokhada (N2) 50-54

40-43

Day

Night

3 Lunej (N3) 49-55

40-45

Day

Night

4 Paldi (N4) 48-54

41-45

Day

Night

5 Malasoni (A5) 49-54

41-44

Day

Night

6 Neja (N6) 50-55

40-45

Day

Night

7 Nagra (N7) 48-53

39-43

Day

Night

8 Khambhat (N8) 50-55

42-45

Day

Night

9 Zalapur (N9) 47-53

39-43

Day

Night

10 Akhol (N10) 49-54

39-43

Day

Night

TABLE - 3.9

NOISE LEVELS DUE TO TRANSPORTATION

SR.

NO. SAMPLING LOCATION

NOISE LEVEL IN

dB(A) TIME

1 Nr. Sokhada Chowkdi 58-62

50-54

Day

Night

2 Nr. Paldi Chowkdi 61-64

50-54

Day

Night

3 Nr. Zalapur Chowkdi 59-62

49-53

Day

Night

4 Nr. Neja Chowkdi 62-65

51-54

Day

Night

5 Nr. Lunej Chowkdi 56-62

47-52

Day

Night



TABLE - 3.9 (CONTD.)

INDUSTRIAL NOISE LEVELS

SR.

NO. SAMPLING LOCATION NOISE LEVEL IN dB(A) TIME

1 Nr. Baroque Pharmaceutical 66-71

61-67

Day

Night

2 Nr. Ideal Cares Pvt Ltd. 64-70

60-65

Day

Night

3 Shital Chemical Industries 65-71

59-65

Day

Night

4 Savita Intermediates 64-70

60-65

Day

Night

5 Tulsi Intermediates 63-68

58-63

Day

Night

6 Cambay Organics Pvt Ltd. 65-70

59-66

Day

Night

7 Neptune Organics Chemicals 64-70

60-66

Day

Night

8 S.V. Dychem Pvt Ltd. 65-69

61-64

Day

Night

9 Maxwell Industries 63-68

58-64

Day

Night

10 Karan Intermediates Pvt Ltd. 66-72

60-66

Day

Night

11 Shital Chemical Industries (Unit-2) 64-71

61-66

Day

Night



3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

3.4.1 RECONNAISSANCE

The average annual rainfall in the region is about 705.2 mm. The baseline water quality

status in the region is established by analyzing surface water and ground water. Water

requirement at site is and will be would be met through ground water supply (bore well).

3.4.2 METHODOLOGY FOR WATER QUALITY MONITORING

Ten nos. of ground water and four no. of surface water samples were collected from the

study area. These samples were analyzed for physic-chemical parameters to ascertain the

baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water bodies. Samples were

collected once, on December 25-30, 2017, during the study period and analyzed as per

standard methods of water and wastewater analysis (APHA). The Indian standard

specification for drinking water IS: 10500-1993 and CPCB water use criteria are enclosed as

Annexure – 5 & 6 respectively. The details of surface and ground water sampling locations

are given in Table 3.10. And sampling locations of water quality monitoring are shown in

Figure 3.4. The Indian standard specification for drinking water is enclosed as Annexure – 5.

The physico- chemical characteristics of the different water samples are presented in the

Tables 3.11.

TABLE – 3.10

SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR MONITORING SURFACE AND GROUND WATER QUALITY

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATIONS

BEARING

W.R.T. PROJECT

SITE

APPROXIMATE

RADIAL DISTANCE FROM

PROJECT SITE (KM)

1 Project-site (GW1) --- ---

2 Sokhada (GW2) WNW 0.79

3 Lunej (GW3) WNW 2.58

4 Paldi (GW4) NW 2.60

5 Malasoni (GW5) N 3.75

6 Neja (GW6) ESE 1.50

7 Nagra (GW7) ENE 3.28

8 Khambhat (GW8) SSE 4.65

9 Zalapur (GW9) NNE 2.62

10 Akhol (GW10) SSW 7.75

11 Sokhada Pond (SW1) WNW 1.31

12 MalaSoni Pond (SW2) N 3.90

13 Paldi (SW3) NW 2.85

14 Nagra (SW4) ENE 3.23

GW= Ground water, SW= Surface water



FIGURE – 3.4

LOCATIONS OF WATER SAMPLING STATIONS



TABLE – 3.11 (CONTD.)

WATER QUALITY- PHYSICAL PARAMETERS (OCTOBER to DECEMBER, 2017)

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION pH

TEMPERATURE

(0C)

TURBIDITY

(NTU)

T.D.S.

(mg/L)

T.S.S.

(mg/L)

1 Project-site (GW1) 8.54 24.6 0.19 1680 20

2 Sokhada (GW2) 8.42 25.4 0.15 1860 10

3 Lunej (GW3) 8.57 24.9 0.36 1082 26

4 Paldi (GW4) 8.30 25.0 0.4 1482 52

5 Malasoni (GW5) 8.48 25.1 0.37 1920 <2.0

6 Neja (GW6) 8.47 25.2 0.19 1518 12

7 Nagra (GW7) 8.10 25.3 0.28 1754 20

8 Khambhat (GW8) 8.30 25.1 0.1 1328 22

9 Zalapur (GW9) 8.38 25.2 <0.1 1848 4.0

10 Akhol (GW10) 9.07 25.3 2.6 422 <2.0

11 Sokhada Pond (SW1) 8.27 24.4 1.6 520 6.0

12 Malasoni Pond (SW2) 7.89 25.1 0.88 488 <2.0

13 Paldi Pond (SW3) 8.51 25.0 0.41 838 <2.0

14 Nagra Pond (SW4) 8.01 24.9 1.6 1214 44



WATER QUALITY - NUTRIENTS, OXYGEN DEMAND AND ORGANIC PARAMETERS

SR.

NO. SAMPLING LOCATION

AMMONICAL

NITROGEN DO COD BOD3

27 OIL &

GREASE

(mg/L)

1 Project-site (GW1) BDL 6.72 9.92 <1.0 <4.0

2 Sokhada (GW2) BDL 6.52 9.26 <1.0 <4.0

3 Lunej (GW3) BDL 6.72 5.29 <1.0 <4.0

4 Paldi (GW4) BDL 6.52 8.60 <1.0 <4.0

5 Malasoni (GW5) BDL 6.72 7.27 <1.0 <4.0

6 Neja (GW6) BDL 6.91 5.95 <1.0 <4.0

7 Nagra (GW7) BDL 6.52 9.92 <1.0 <4.0

8 Khambhat (GW8) BDL 6.91 4.63 <1.0 <4.0

9 Zalapur (GW9) BDL 6.72 3.97 <1.0 <4.0

10 Akhol (GW10) BDL 6.52 6.61 <1.0 <4.0

11 Sokhada Pond (SW1) BDL 6.33 13.23 <1.0 <4.0

12 Malasoni Pond (SW2) BDL 0.55 13.89 <1.0 <4.0

13 Paldi Pond (SW3) BDL 0.41 11.24 <1.0 <4.0



14 Nagra Pond (SW4) BDL 1.6 12.57 <1.0 <4.0



WATER QUALITY - INORGANIC PARAMETERS


T.H. =Total Hardness, C.H. =Calcium Hardness, BDL= Below Detectable Limit

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

TOTAL

ALKALINITY

(AS CaCO3)

T.H.

(AS

CaCO3)

C.H.

(AS

CaCO3)

Cl- SO4

—2 PHENOL Mg

(mg/L)

1 Project-site (GW1) 415 170.17 40.04 339.46 75.13 BDL 160.44

2 Sokhada (GW2) 455 404.4 148.15 603.50 175.13 BDL 368.40

3 Lunej (GW3) 415 158.16 76.08 278.17 45.45 BDL 139.67

4 Paldi (GW4) 720 176.18 60.06 495.12 235.42 BDL 161.59

5 Malasoni (GW5) 445 404.4 122.12 617.64 177.54 BDL 374.72

6 Neja (GW6) 600 320.32 78.08 381.90 110.69 BDL 301.35

7 Nagra (GW7) 175 976.98 330.33 225.2 120.85 BDL 896.71

8 Khambhat (GW8) 395 446.45 114.11 159.3 187.70 BDL 418.72

9 Zalapur (GW9) 460 382.38 120.12 567.3 176.60 BDL 353.19

10 Akhol (GW10) 135 58.06 58.06 110 17.78 BDL 43.95

11 Sokhada Pond (SW1) 210 80.08 50.05 162.3 20.12 BDL 67.92

12 MalaSoni Pond

(SW2) 220 128.13 108.11 49.12 38.63 BDL 101.86

13 Paldi Pond (SW3) 210 208.21 70.07 158.5 89.30 BDL 191.18

14 Nagra Pond (SW4) 560 176.18 168.17 285.12 224.33 BDL 135.32




WATER QUALITY - HEAVY METALS

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

Na T-Cr+3

Cu Pb Cd As Fe Zn K Ni Cd F-

(mg/L)

1 Project-site (GW1) 305.15 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.25 BDL 9.56 BDL BDL BDL

2 Sokhada (GW2) 208.07 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.38 0.14 10.12 BDL BDL BDL

3 Lunej (GW3) 149.9 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.55 0.14 8.85 BDL BDL BDL

4 Paldi (GW4) 146.12 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.72 BDL 11.50 BDL BDL BDL

5 Malasoni (GW5) 215.15 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.14 0.036 10.80 BDL BDL BDL

6 Neja (GW6) 92.95 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.38 0.14 9.95 BDL BDL BDL

7 Nagra (GW7) 75.95 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.81 0.15 12.91 BDL BDL BDL

8 Khambhat (GW8) 84.15 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.42 0.14 11.09 BDL BDL BDL

9 Zalapur (GW9) 39.15 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.75 0.15 10.15 BDL BDL BDL

10 Akhol (GW10) 80.15 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.58 BDL 3.60 BDL BDL BDL

11 Sokhada Pond (SW1) 39.25 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.31 0.20 4.12 BDL BDL BDL

12 MalaSoni Pond (SW2) 39.15 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.47 0.28 3.75 BDL BDL BDL

13 Paldi Pond (SW3) 70.12 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.20 0.20 5.85 BDL BDL BDL

14 Nagra Pond (SW4) 74.16 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.09 0.43 11.25 BDL BDL BDL

Minimum Detection Limit: **

Total Chromium

(as Cr+3

)

: 0.005

mg/L

Total Iron (as

Fe)

: 0.01

mg/L

Copper (as Cu) : 0.05

mg/L

**Zinc (as Zn) : 0.022

mg/L

Fluoride (as F-) : 0.05

mg/L

*Not in our NABL Scope,

**Analysed by Sub Contractor (Not in our NABL Scope)



3.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.5.1 METHODOLOGY FOR SOIL MONITORING

Soil samples were collected from nine different locations during study on December 25-30,

2017 in the study area (0-20 cm depth). The locations selected for collection of soil samples

are shown in Figure 3.5 and presented in Table 3.12. The analysis results of soil samples are

given in Table 3.13.

TABLE – 3.12

SAMPLING LOCATIONS: SOIL QUALITY

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING LOCATION BEARING

W.R.T. PROJECT

SITE

APPROXIMATE RADIAL

DISTANCE

FROM PROJECT SITE (KM)

1 Project-site (GW1) --- ---

2 Sokhada (GW2) WNW 0.79

3 Lunej (GW3) WNW 2.58

4 Paldi (GW4) NW 2.60

5 Malasoni (GW5) N 3.75

6 Neja (GW6) ESE 1.50

7 Nagra (GW7) ENE 3.28

8 Khambhat (GW8) SSE 4.65

9 Zalapur (GW9) NNE 2.62

10 Akhol (GW10) SSW 7.75



FIGURE – 3.5

LOCATIONS OF SOIL SAMPLING STATIONS



TABLE – 3.13

PHYSICO-CHEMICALS CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL (OCTOBER to DECEMBER, 2017)

Sr.

No. Parameters

Project

Site Sokhada Lunej Paldi Malasoni Neja Nagra Khambhat Zalapur Akhol

1 pH 9.25 8.17 8.40 7.99 7.78 7.86 7.69 7.93 8.71 7.88

2 Temperature (0C) 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0

3 Moisture (%) 5.34 4.81 1.62 1.99 1.76 3.15 1.94 1.51 4.06 2.87

4 Total Solids (%) 94.66 95.19 98.38 98.01 98.24 96.85 98.06 98.49 95.94 97.13

5 SO4—2

(mg/kg) 278.0 604.2 42.78 2.85 331.5 577.5 203.2 235.2 1144.3 315.5

6 Chlorides (mg/kg) 147.25 536.78 80.75 57.00 1480.87 389.52 66.50 52.25 175.51 318.27

7 Total hardness

(mg/kg) 665.2 525.7 685.4 584.6 2338.5 423.3 302.4 342.7 282.2 967.6

8 Calcium Hardness

(mg/kg) 282.2 322.5 383 483.8 1874.8 221.7 201.6 161.2 120.7 705.6

9 Specific Gravity 2.26 2.42 1.99 2.63 2.17 2.31 2.69 2.06 2.47 2.29

10 Organic Matter (%) 4.51 2.19 5.68 2.86 3.34 2.68 1.82 3.14 3.86 2.08

11 Bulk density

(g/cm3)

1.11 1.12 1.09 1.13 1.15 1.06 1.17 1.17 1.13 1.25

12 WHC (%) 35.89 38.87 24.94 22.40 39.82 40.68 45.92 46.54 56.20 63.76

13 Porosity (%) 58.12 57.74 58.74 57.17 56.28 59.74 55.56 55.85 57.11 52.84

14 Ca (mg/kg) 113.1 129.2 153.5 193.9 751.4 88.8 80.80 64.64 48.48 282.8

15 Mg+2

(mg/kg) 93.08 49.39 73.49 24.50 110.6 49.00 24.49 44.10 39.20 63.68

16 Total Phosphorus

(mg/kg) 4.38 3.75 3.79 4.45 2.48 2.32 1.44 1.26 3.34 2.87

17

Available

Phosphorus

(mg/kg)

1.20 1.38 1.42 1.28 1.32 1.18 0.62 0.56 1.22 0.96



18 Total Alkalinity

(as CaCO3)(mg/kg) 800 950 850 850 550 600 650 750 850 1200

19 Nitrate Nitrogen

(NO3--N)(mg/kg)

22.2 1.3 12.2 18.1 12.7 0.2 8.0 4.3 16.1 26.8

20 Na (mg/kg) 80.15 90.21 43.23 40.05 93.45 85.95 35.15 41.15 82.10 80.15

21 Cu+2

(mg/kg) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

22 Fe+3

(mg/kg) 5.75 6.87 148.51 49.10 55.07 12.25 10.25 75.80 68.90 13.95

23 Cd (mg/kg) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

24 K (mg/kg) 25.1 26.7 10.29 9.89 27.5 26.7 9.09 9.01 24.12 25.2

25 Ni+2


26 As (mg/kg) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

27 Pb+2


Note:

Minimum Detectable Limit:

Nickel – 0.1 mg/kg

Copper – 0.5 mg/kg

Cadmium – 0.001 mg/kg

Lead – 0.001 mg/kg



3.6 GEOLOGICAL DATA

Geologically the study area mainly comprises of Calcareous Sand belonging to the Myliolite

Formation of the Porbander Group of Holocene sediments. These Holocene sediments are

of marine, fluvial and Aeolian origin. The marine sediments include the older tidal flats and

tidal marsh of Rann Clay Formation and shoal, tidal flat and marsh of younger Mahuva

Formation. The fluvial sediments include flood plain and delta of Katpur Formation and

Channel-fill and flood plain of younger Varahi Formation. The Aeolian sediments include

stabilized sand sheet and sand dune of Akhaj Formation and sand sheet of younger Jantral

Formation.

3.6.1 METHOD OF PREPARATION

The geological classification map has been prepared by extracting the areas under different

geological classification from the 1:2 million-scale maps prepared by Geological Survey of

India (GSI) for the State of Gujarat. The map text has been modified in consultations with

the Department of Geology, University of Delhi. The project site, towns and village locations

have been added for ease of spatial reference. Locations of towns and villages have been

extracted from CoI maps, SoI topographical maps and confirmed with satellite data.

3.6.2 DESCRIPTION OF GEOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION AND AREA UNDER DIFFERENT

FORMATIONS

The major geological features and area under different geological formations within a

distance of 10 km from the project site.

3.6.3 GEOLOGICAL MAP

A map depicting the major geological features in the project area is presented in Figure 3.6.

The map also marks the area within 10 km of the project site as the region of interest. Town

and village locations are also depicted to facilitate ease of reference.



FIGURE – 3.6

MAJOR GEOLOGICAL FEATURES



GEOHYDROLOGY

The ground water in the area is found to occur under semi-confined conditions and the flow

is from NE to SW direction. The project site falls under the grey category, as identified by the

CGWA.

In & around the study area, ground water structures are shallow tube wells tapping semi

confined aquifers to extract water for general use. They are 30 to 35 meter deep with 3 to 5

HP submersible pump sets lowered up to the depth of about 20.00 meter. yielding about

150 LPM. Discharge, which decreases during summer indicating inadequate ground water

potential in the study area & declines in static water level up to the depth of about 11.0

meter.

CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

From the resistivity sounding field data, its interpretation & Geo-hydrological information

from the surrounding area it is concluded that, as the study area is near to the gulf, at all

location the resistivity values are decreasing due to the presence of saline water at deeper

depth.

• Based on Geo-hydrological information & Geo-physical data, it is also concluded that

water bearing zone (Mainly Sandy Strata) starts approximate from the depth of 10-20 mtrs,

but as we go deeper and deeper the quality of water become more poor as they are saline

in nature and containing more than 2000 mg/L TDS, which is above the permissible limit

according to I.S.

• On the bases of the field resistivity data the general bore-log has been interpreted as

below,

Average thickness in mts Type of Lithology

0-3 Top Soil

3-10 Salty Soil

10-15 Clayey Silt

15-20 Sandy Silt

20-40 Salty Sand

40-55 Fine Sand

55-70 Fine to Medium Sand

70-100 Medium to Coarse Sand



On the basis of above conclusion, it is recommended that, as the upper aquifer zone of the

study area is unconfined in nature, it can be used for recharging purpose and the quality of

ground water from shallower aquifers can be improved by constructing & installing rain

water harvesting tube well recharge systems in the premises at the feasible locations if

necessary.

3.7 LAND USE PATTERN

Land use, in general, reflects the human beings activities on land, whereas the word land

cover indicates the vegetation, agricultural and artificial manmade structures covering the

land surfaces. Identification and periodic surveillance of land uses and vegetation covers, in

the vicinity of any developmental activity is one of the most important components for a

comprehensive environmental impact assessment, which would help to determine the

impact of the project development activity on the land use pattern.

3.7.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION

The land use/land cover has been presented in the form of a map prepared by using Google

Earth image. The land use/ land cover status has been studied for 5 km & 10 km radial area

from the project site boundary. Area and distance calculations have been carried out using

GIS software after geo-referencing the interpreted data.

3.7.2 AREA UNDER DIFFERENT LANDUSE

The land use classification within a distance of ten kilometers from the project location and

the areas falling under the respective classifications are as given in Table 3.14.



TABLE – 3.14

AREAS UNDER DIFFERENT LANDUSE


Sr. No. Land use Classification Area (in sq.km.) % Area

1 Water Body 1.58 0.50

2 Open/ Barren Land 7.75 2.40

3 Agriculture Land 93.68 29.82

4 Uncultivated Land 99.00 31.52

5 Open/Degraded Vegetation 8.20 2.61

6 Scrubs 9.8 3.12

7 River/Canal 11.6 3.69

8 Salt Affected Land 14.6 4.65

9 Settlement/Habitation 10.0 3.18

10 Mud Flat 30.61 9.75

11 Industrial Area 0.75 0.25

12 Creek 1.59 0.52

13 Road 10.3 3.28

14 Railway 0.08 0.07

15 Saline Area 14.53 4.64

Total 314.07 100.00



FIGURE – 3.7

LANDUSE / LANDCOVER



3.8 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Anthropogenic activity affects plant/animal populations and can modify interactions among

species within communities. Habitat loss, fragmentation and degradation are currently the

most important threats to biodiversity.

Species are the currency of an ecosystem. In particular, reactions to the ongoing biodiversity

crisis are ubiquitously phrased in terms of species. Areas of importance (e.g., biodiversity

hotspots) are to be considered, if they occur in the study area, on the basis of the species

they possess, conservation schemes are assessed on how many species are preserved, lists

are compiled of endangered species and the factors that threaten them, and conservation

legislation are focused on species preservation.

The system comprising of living and non-living components and their interaction is called an

ecosystem. The cycle of ecology is governed by producer, consumer and decomposer.

Unfortunately, there are very few examples of perfect natural ecosystems on earth, because

man influences most of them. No national park/Wildlife Sanctuary/ Reserve Forest cover

has been found in 10 km radius of the project area.

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) relating to terrestrial and aquatic environments to

the mean in the Ecological Assessment is the process of identifying, quantifying and

evaluating the potential impacts of defined actions on ecosystems or their components. It is

an attempt to identification and evaluation of ecological resources likely to be affected.

A Preliminary Ecological Appraisal indicating the likely significance of ecological impacts on a

proposed development site. It will help to develop any ecological impacts will not be a

significant issue in the determination of the application when it is submitted. Preliminary

Ecological Appraisals would also be an important preliminary step, whether taken by the

developer or the planning authority, to inform decisions as to whether a particular site

should be included as an allocation in a development plan. The information obtained from

such an appraisal is apropriate for use in the process of selecting preferred options and in

the environmental assessment of the plan.

Preliminary ecological surveys have a range of purposes to gather data on existing

conditions,

With the intention of conducting a preliminary assessment of likely impacts of development

Schemes or establishing the baseline for future monitoring.



3.8.1 METHOD OF PREPARATION

The plant and animal communities in all ecosystems co-occur in a well organised manner

and their specific settings can be perturbed due to human actions. An ecological

examination of the ctivity Zone has been studied to assess the present baseline state of

biodiversity and from the biological resource records.

Baseline data of the biodiversity have been generated from field visits of the site. The

generated data were compared with the available records (secondary database). To achieve

the objectives, a general ecological study covering 10 km around the activity site for the

proposed development.

3.8.2 FLORA

Some of the flora found in area is listed below:

TABLE – 3.15

LIST OF FLORA

Common name Scientific name

Deshi Baval Acacia nilotica

Gorad Acacia senegal

Aduso Adathoda vasica

Ketaki Agave americana

Arduso Ailanthus excelsa

Sitafal Annona squamosa

Limdo Azadirachta indica

Vans Bambusa sp

Tad Borassus flabellifera

Karir Capparis decidua

Kanthar Capparis sepiaria

Karamda Carisa carandas

Papaya Carica papaya

Garmalo Cassia fistula

Kashid Cassia siamea

Puvadiya Cassia tora

Saru Casuarina equisetifolia

Arni Clerodendron phlomidis

Gunda Cordia myxa

Nariyal Cocos nucifera

Gulmohar Delonix regia

Amla Emblica officinalis

Nilgiri Eucalyptus teriticornis



Dandaliya thor Euphorbia tirucalli

Kothu Feronia elephantum

Umbaro Ficus glomerata

Peepal Ficus religiosa

Naffatiyu Ipomoea fistulosa

Ratanjyot Jatropha curcas

Mehandi Lawsonia inermis

Ambo Mangifera indica

Bakan limdo Melia azadirach

Saragvo Moringa oleifera

Mitholimdo Murraya koenigii

Kaner Nerium indicum

Peltophorum Peltophorum petrocarpum

Khajuri Phoenix sylvestris

Kamboi Phyllanthus reticulata

Goras Amli Pithocelobium dulce

Asopalav Polyalthia longifolia

Gando Baval Prosopis juliflora

Shami Prosopis cineraria

Dadam Punica granatum

Arando Ricinus communis

Pilu Salvadora oleoidis

Suaeda Suaeda sp.

Jambu Syzygium cumini

Khati Amli Tamarindus indica

Pili Kener Thevetia paruriana

Sag Tectona grandis

Tecoma Tecoma undulata

Badam Terminalia catappa

Sadad Terminalia crenulata

Typha Typha sp.

Bor Zizyphus mauritiana

Ghat Bor Zizyphus xylopyra



Photograph of Flora of study area:

3.8.3 FAUNA

Fauna found in the region is listed below:

TABLE – 3.16

LIST OF FAUNA

Common name Scientific name

Birds

Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis

Little Cormorant Phalacanus niger

Little Heron Butorides striatus

Indian Pond Heron Ardeola grayii

Grey Heron Ardeola cinerea

Little Egret Egretta garzetta

Western Reef Egret Egretta gularis

Intermediate Egret Mesophoyx intermedia

Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis

Asian Openbilled Stork Anastomus oscitans

Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala

Woolly-necked Stork Ciconia episcopus

Black Ibis Psudibis papillosa



White Ibis Threskiornis aethiopica

Glossy Ibis Plegadis falcinellus

Spoonbill Platalea leucorodia

Greater Flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber

Lesser Flamingo Phoenicopterus minor

Common Crane Grus grus

Black winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus

Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus

Common Sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos

Black kite Milvus migrans

Imperial Eagle Aquila heliaca

Little Tern Sterna albifrons

Blue rock pigeon Columba livia

Indian Cuckoo Cuculus micropterus

Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea

Comb Duck Sarkidiornis melanotos

Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer

Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis

Purple Sunbird Nectarinia sperata

Reptiles

Garden lizard Calotes versicolor

Indian Monitor Varanus bengalensis

Common Vine Snake Ahaetulla nasuta

Common Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus

Common tree Snake Dendrelaphis tristis

Indian Cobra Naja naja

Mammals

Chamarchidiyu Pteropus giganteus

Bander Presbytis entellus

Lomdi Vulpes bengalensis

Shiyal Canis aureus

Nar/Varu Canus lupus

Nilgai Baselaphus tragocamelus

Jarakh Hyaena hyaena

Chachunder Suncus murinus

Lamba Kanwado Sedo Hemiechinus auritus

Nolio, nyula Herpetes auropunctatus

Sasalu Lepus nigricollis

Aquatic Animals

Common Name Habitat



Bakara Salty Water

Lapta Salty Water

Karchala Salty Water

Jinga Salty Water

Bhangra Salty Water

3.9 DRAINAGE PATTERN

All the major rivers encircling the western part of Gujarat state debouch into the sea near

Gulf of Khambhat, hence from the drainage map we can see that many major and minor

creeks are been created in the western and eastern part of Khambhat taluka. Chor Creek in

the west, Pan Creek in the south and Dandi Creek in southwestern part fall in the major

category, while Kala Phatta Creek in the northern part fall in minor category. Mahi River,

forming the southeastern border of the taluka, flow southwesterly direction whereas the

NE-SW flowing Sabarmati River forms the northern border of the Taluka.

Flow pattern of rivers in and around study area

Sr. No. River Flow Direction

1 Mahi River NE-SW

2 Sabarmati River NE-SW



FIGURE – 3.8

DRAINAGE PATTERN

STORM WATER DRAINAGE & ITS MANAGEMENT

Due to gentle slope prevailing in natural ground conditions as per Topographical survey

carried our onsite and looking to the site surrounded by other private lands (fields); surface

drainage pattern for easy and smooth removal of the storm water runoffs during rainy

season is advantageous. However, a proper storm water drainage system is proposed to be

provided of concrete channels.

It is proposed to have a proper constructed road network catering for proposed project and

accessibility to structures. Road site storm water drainage system will be provided having

gentle slopes running towards natural drainage.

The tanks and structures (treatment units) are provided with proper bunding system for

collection of any spillages and overflows which do not directly contaminate any storm water

surface runoffs.

Moreover all the pumps and blowers are mounted on an RCC skid surrounded by bunding

walls in order to arrest any leakages entering into storm water drainage.



3.10 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

An assessment of socio - economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study.

Therefore, baseline information for the same was collected during the study period. The

baseline socio - economic data collected for the study region, before the proposed project is

in operation, has been identified for the four major indicators viz. demography, civic

amenities, economy and social culture. The baseline status of the above indicators is

compiled in forthcoming sections.

3.10.1 SETTLEMENTS AND DEMOGRAPHIC PATTERN

3.10.1.1 SETTLEMENTS

A total 30 villages & towns fall fully in Khambhat taluka & 3 villages fall in Tarapur Taluka in

the radial distance of 10 km from the project site of CETP located at Neja village of

Khambhat Taluka in Anand district. the village boundaries has been prepared from Census

2011 maps.

3.10.1.2 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST

The comparative demographic status of Gujarat and Anand District shows that percentage

increase of population in Gujarat is 19 % while in Anand district it is 12.5 % from 2001 to

2011. However, the decadal population growth rate in the State of Gujarat and Anand

district having decreasing trend during 2001 to 2011. On the contrary the population density

showed an increasing trend between 2001 to 2011 for the State of Gujarat and Anand

district. This shows an increasing trend for migratory population in the various talukas of the

Anand district as well as in the state.

TABLE – 3.17

DEMOGRAPHIC DATA

Sr. No. Village Name

No. of

Household

Total

Population

Total

Male

Total

Female

Population

<06 years

Male

<06

years

Female

<06

years

1 Khambhat 19765 99164 51178 47986 10348 5444 4904

2 Metpur 450 2101 1113 988 200 115 85

3 Neja 360 1981 1017 964 287 141 146

4 Vasna 649 3390 1754 1636 418 213 205

5 Nana Kalodra 755 3620 1866 1754 361 189 172

6 Popatvav 286 1488 799 689 145 86 59

7 Chhatardi 129 588 295 293 85 37 48

8 Nagra 1903 9389 4989 4400 1165 616 549

9 Vadola 557 2766 1449 1317 358 212 146



10 Timba 673 3337 1750 1587 455 254 201

11 Kali Talavadi 415 2020 1056 964 245 132 113

12 Sayama 708 3401 1770 1631 469 250 219

13 Navagam Vanta 165 759 404 355 80 39 41

14 Hariyan 537 2695 1397 1298 374 210 164

15 Kodva 115 605 334 271 97 67 30

16 Malu 190 992 516 476 125 70 55

17 Gudel 302 1688 866 822 213 116 97

18 Motipura 199 958 505 453 124 67 57

19 Malasoni 248 1278 682 596 203 123 80

20 Bhimtalav 353 2098 1043 1055 283 137 146

21 Jinaj 785 4212 2161 2051 556 306 250

22 Rangpur 189 1127 576 551 119 60 59

23 Daheda 514 2833 1501 1332 396 227 169

24 Hasanpura 118 820 427 393 102 50 52

25 Akhol 357 1764 911 853 181 93 88

26 Lunej 321 1835 984 851 249 134 115

27 Paldi 97 570 298 272 88 55 33

28 Sokhada 153 840 452 388 103 59 44

29 Jhalapur 118 610 344 266 101 64 37

30 Bhat Talavadi 73 392 218 174 49 25 24

31 Bhanderaj 348 1958 1022 936 290 154 136

32 Budhej 450 2510 1286 1224 323 161 162

33 Sath 262 1504 780 724 205 107 98

(Courtesy: Census of India 2011)

TABLE – 3.18

POPULATION DENSITY

NAME POPULATION

PERSON

POPULATION

DENSITY

(PERSON / SQ. KM.)

SEX RATIO

(NO. OF FEMALES

PER 1000 MALES)

Within 5 km Radius (2011) 116818 1488 928

Within 10 km Radius (2011) 165293 526 927

Khambhat Taluka (2011) 285679 97 925

Anand District (2011) 1795440 382 925

(Courtesy: Census Dept., GOI)



FIGURE – 3.9

POPULATION DENSITY AND SEX RATIO



3.10.1.3 LITERACY RATE

The literacy rate is a major factor, which influences the socio-cultural condition of a

particular place. Details of literacy rate in District Anand, Taluka Khambhat, within 10 km

radius and within 5 km radius of plant site is given in Table 3.19 while their graphical

representation is shown in Figure 3.11.

It is observed that the literacy rate in District Anand as per 2011 Census data is 74.12 % as

percentage of literate population to the total population, with 80.43 % among male and

67.30 % among female.

Literacy rate in Taluka Khambhat as per 2011 Census data is 71.77% with 78.26 % among

males and 64.75 % among females.

Within 10 km radius of the study area, the literacy rate is observed 75 % having 80.18 % in

males and 69.42 % in females.

Literacy rate within 5 km radius of study area is 76.54 % having 80.95 % among males and

71.79 % among females.

TABLE – 3.19

LITERACY RATE

NAME MALE

LITERACY (%)

FEMALE

LITERACY (%)

TOTAL LITERACY

(%)

Within 5 km Radius (2011) 80.95 71.79 76.54

Within 10 km Radius (2011) 80.18 69.42 75

Khambhat Taluka (2011) 78.26 64.75 71.77

Anand District (2011) 80.43 67.30 74.12




FIGURE – 3.10

LITERACY RATE



3.10.2 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

In economic development of the region its geographical location, natural resources,

business and employment, industries and manpower play vital role. Table 3.21 provides the

occupational patterns in all villages falling within the area of interest.

TABLE – 3.20

OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

Sr. No. Village Name

Total

Work

Population

Main

worker

Population

Main

Cultivator

Population

Main

Agriculture

Population

Main

Household

Population

Main

Other

Population

Marginal

Worker

Population

Non

Worker

Population

1 Khambhat 36714 31699 494 1621 19765 27143 5015 62450

2 Metpur 862 818 35 255 450 461 44 1239

3 Neja 779 718 111 401 360 137 61 1202

4 Vasna 1164 1110 648 156 649 295 54 2226

5 Nana Kalodra 1276 1170 627 237 755 263 106 2344

6 Popatvav 694 468 248 116 286 101 226 794

7 Chhatardi 215 211 70 117 129 24 4 373

8 Nagra 4430 2970 1015 849 1903 1066 1460 4959

9 Vadola 1195 887 291 300 557 294 308 1571

10 Timba 1328 1075 237 729 673 97 253 2009

11 Kali Talavadi 1079 1055 351 299 415 403 24 941

12 Sayama 1476 1466 354 747 708 363 10 1925

13 Navagam Vanta 340 270 44 156 165 68 70 419

14 Hariyan 1516 602 271 204 537 124 914 1179

15 Kodva 189 189 154 35 115 0 0 416

16 Malu 371 324 138 142 190 42 47 621

17 Gudel 685 429 374 20 302 34 256 1003

18 Motipura 492 488 106 161 199 221 4 466

19 Malasoni 455 284 259 14 248 6 171 823

20 Bhimtalav 929 579 286 225 353 68 350 1169

21 Jinaj 1696 1471 456 759 785 256 225 2516

22 Rangpur 546 258 100 131 189 20 288 581

23 Daheda 1710 1450 603 785 514 60 260 1123

24 Hasanpura 374 214 184 25 118 5 160 446

25 Akhol 658 635 330 177 357 122 23 1106

26 Lunej 679 505 343 126 321 36 174 1156

27 Paldi 176 174 77 51 97 46 2 394

28 Sokhada 539 512 128 209 153 175 27 301

29 Jhalapur 205 203 51 20 118 128 2 405

30 Bhat Talavadi 137 135 90 39 73 6 2 255

31 Bhanderaj 739 538 215 194 348 129 201 1219

32 Budhej 905 902 331 366 450 205 3 1605

33 Sath 638 399 225 55 262 119 239 866

(Courtesy: Census book of India)

3.10.3 AMENITIES

Infrastructure resource base of the surveyed villages with reference to education, medical,

water resources, post and telegraph, communication, power supply is presented in Table



3.20. There are 33 villages & towns within study area of 10 km radius of plant site.

Significant observations with respect to availability of amenities in study area are as follows.

In the study area drinking water facility is good as tube well, tank and tap water is available

almost in all the villages.

All villages are well connected through a network of Pucca road as well as Kaccha approach

road. All the villages in the study area get electricity for all purposes.

TABLE – 3.21

DETAILS OF AMMENITIES AVAILABLE IN STUDY AREA

TALUKA VILLAGE EDUCATION

AL

MEDICAL DRINKING

WATER

POST &

TELEGRAPH

APPROAC

H

TO

VILLAGE

NEAREST

TOWN

POWE

R

SUPPL

Y

Khambhat

Khambh

at

P(2), C(10+) CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(5-10)

T, W, TK, C PO, PH(80) PR, MR, FP KHAMBHA

T (16)

EA

Metpur

P, C(10+) CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(10+)

T, W, TK, C PO, PH PR KHAMBHA

T (15)

EA

Neja

P, C(10+) PHS, CHW,

H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(10+)


T (12)

ED

Vasna

P, S, C(10+) MH,PHS,FWC,H(

10+),

MCW(10+),PHC(

10+)

T,W PO, PH PR, MR KHAMBHA

T (14)

EA

Nana

Kalodra

P, S, C(10+) PHS,FWC,RMP,C

HW,H(10+),MC

W(10+),PHC(10

+)

T, W, TK, L PO, PH PR KHAMBHA

T (11)

EA

Popatvav

P, C(5-10) H(5-10),

MCW(5-10),

PHC (5-10)


T (7)

EA

Chhatard

i

P, C(5-10) CHW, H(5-10),

MCW(5-10),

PHC (5-10)

T,W PO(<5),

PH(10+)

PR KHAMBHA

T (10)

EA

Nagra

P(2), S,

C(<5)

MCW, MH,

CWC, HC, PHS,

NH, RMP(7),

H(<5), PHC(<5)

T, HP, TW, W,

TK, C

PO, PH(75) PR KHAMBHA

T (5)

EA

Vadola

P, C(10+) H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(5-10)

T, W, TK, C PO(10+),

PH(5)

PR, MR, FP KHAMBHA

T (16)

EA

Timba

P, C(<5) CHW, H(<5),

MCW(<5), PHC

(<5)

T, W, TK PO, PH(4) PR KHAMBHA

T (5)

EA



Kali

Talavadi

P, C(5-10) CHW, H(5-10),

MCW(5-10),

PHC (5+)

T,HP,W PO (5-10),

PH(5-10)

PR KHAMBHA

T (6)

ED, EO

Sayama

P, C(<5) H(<5),

MCW(<5), PHC

(<5)

T, W PO, PH(<5) PR KHAMBHA

T (5)

EA

Navagam

Vanta

P(2), C(10+) CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(5-10)


T (16)

EA

Hariyan

P, C(10+) CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(10+)


T (15)

EA

Kodva

P, C(10+) PHS, CHW,

H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(10+)


T (12)

ED

Malu


10+),

MCW(10+),PHC(

10+)


T (14)

EA

Gudel


HW,H(10+),MC

W(10+),PHC(10

+)


T (11)

EA

Motipur

a

P, C(5-10) H(5-10),

MCW(5-10),

PHC (5-10)


T (7)

EA

Malasoni

P, C(5-10) CHW, H(5-10),

MCW(5-10),

PHC (5-10)

T,W PO(<5),

PH(10+)

PR KHAMBHA

T (10)

EA

Bhimtala

v

P(2), C(10+) CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(5-10)


T (16)

EA

Jinaj

P, C(10+) CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(10+)


T (15)

EA

Rangpur

P, C(10+) PHS, CHW,

H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(10+)


T (12)

ED

Daheda


10+),

MCW(10+),PHC(

10+)


T (14)

EA

Hasanpu

ra


HW,H(10+),MC

W(10+),PHC(10

+)


T (11)

EA

Akhol

P, C(5-10) H(5-10),

MCW(5-10),

PHC (5-10)


T (7)

EA



Lunej

P, C(5-10) CHW, H(5-10),

MCW(5-10),

PHC (5-10)

T,W PO(<5),

PH(10+)

PR KHAMBHA

T (10)

EA

Paldi

P(2), C(10+) CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(5-10)


T (16)

EA

Sokhada

P, C(10+) CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(10+)


T (15)

EA

Jhalapur

P, C(10+) PHS, CHW,

H(10+),

MCW(10+),

PHC(10+)


T (12)

ED

Bhat

Talavadi


10+),

MCW(10+),PHC(

10+)


T (14)

EA

Tarapur

Bhander

aj


HW,H(10+),MC

W(10+),PHC(10

+)


T (11)

EA

Budhej

P, C(5-10) H(5-10),

MCW(5-10),

PHC (5-10)


T (7)

EA

Sath

P, C(5-10) CHW, H(5-10),

MCW(5-10),

PHC (5-10)

T,W PO(<5),

PH(10+)

PR KHAMBHA

T (10)

EA


ABBREVIATIONS

1. Education

P-Primary Elementary School

H-Matriculation or Secondary

O-Other Educational Institution

PUC-Higher Secondary/Intermediate/pre-University/junior

College

Ac- Adult Literacy Class

Tr-Training School

2. Medical Facilities

RP-Registered Private Practitioner

PHS-Primary Health Sub-Centre

FPC-Family Planning Centre

PHC-Primary Health Centre

D- Dispensary

CHW - Community Health Worker/Health Worker

H - Hospital

NH - Nursing Home

MH - Maternity Home

PHC - Public Health Centre

CWC - Child Welfare Centre

TB - T.B Clinic

O – Others

3. Drinking Water

T-Tap Water

HP-Hand Pump

TK-Tank Water

W-Well Water

R-River Water

C-Canal

N - Nallah

S – Spring

4. Post & Telegraph

PO-Post Office

PTO-Post & Telegraph

Phone-Telephone Communication



TW- Tube well Water

5. Communication

BS-Bus Station

NW-Navigable Waterway

6. Approaches to Village

PR-Pucca Road

KR-Kuchcha Road

7. Power Supply

EA-Electricity for all purposes

EAG - Electricity for Agriculture

ED - Electricity for domestic

EO - Electricity for other purpose like Industrial, Commercial etc.


Prepared By: Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Surat 4 - 1

CHAPTER - 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Various sources of pollution with respect to wastewater, the flue gas/process emission,

hazardous waste and noise generation along with their qualitative and quantitative analysis

as well as measures taken to control them are discussed herein with details. The network

method was adopted to identify potential impact, which involves understanding of cause-

condition-effect relationship between an activity and environmental parameters. This

method involves the "road map" type of approach to the identification of second and third

order effect. The basic idea is to account for the project activity and identify the type of

impact that could initially occur followed by the identification of secondary and tertiary

impacts.

Identified potential impacts for the various components of the environment, i.e. air, noise,

water, land and socio-economic, are presented in Figure 4.1. It should be noted that in these

illustrations the lines are to be read as "might have an effect on".



FIGURE – 4.1

IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Construction Operation

Phase Phase

Release of Air Release of

Pollutants Heat

Primary Change in Impact on Particulates Climatic

Impacts Air Quality Visibility Deposition on Changes

Water, Land

Aesthetic Impact on Impact on

Impact Agricultural Flora & Fauna

Produce

Secondary Impact on Human

Impacts Health

Tertiary Impact on Impact on

Impacts Economic Output Socio - Cultural

Environment



FIGURE – 4.1 CONTD.

IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Construction Operational

Phase Phase

Noise Emission

Primary

Impacts Change in

Ambient

Noise Level

Secondary Health Risks Impact on Work Migration of Birds,

Impacts Output and Reptiles & Population

Efficiency


Impacts Economic Socio-cultural

Output Environment




IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

Project

Construction Phase Operational Phase

Activity Change in Surface Releases of

Morphology Wastewater

Impact on Runoff/

Seepage

Primary Impact on Impact on Environmental

Impacts Hydraulics of Water Quality Health and

Water Courses Aesthetic Risk

Secondary Impact on Impact on Cost of Water Impact on

Impacts Hydraulic of Aquatic Life Treatment Amenity /

Water Cources Recreation

Impact on Economic Output Impact on Socio-Cultural

Impacts Environment




IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT

Project

Construction Operational

Phase Phase

Activity Disturbance Release of

of Soil Waste-water

on Land

Primary Change in Groundwater Change in Structure Addition / Removal

Impacts Regime : Soil Moisture / of Soil : Ground of Substances or

water Level / Flow Level Heat to / form

Pattern / Salt Water the Soil

Instruction

Secondary Impact on Soil Biota Impact on Flora Impact on

Impacts and Fauna Landscape

Impact on Agricultural Impact on Livestock

Production


Impacts Economic Socio - Cultural

Out Put Environment




IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Construction Operational

Phase Phase

Primary Disturbance Disposal of

Impacts of land Wastewater

& Sludge on Land

Change in soil Change in Ground Toxic Substances

Texture & Permeability Water Regime / Salt on Land, Particulate Water Intrusion Deposition on Land

Secondary Impact on Soil Salinity Impact on

Impacts Landscape Flora & Fauna


Impacts Agricultural Produce Live Stock

Impact on Impact on Socio-Economic Output Cultural Environment




IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC & CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

Project

Activity Operational Phase Construction Phase

Primary Economic Input Economic Output Demand for Wark Force

Impacts Capital/C&M Cost Product Cost

Net Income

Output

Secondary Change in Development Better Air, Water Employment Demand for Demand for Aesthetic

Impacts Economic Base of Ancillary Product Land, Noise Opportunity Communication Infrastructural Risk

of The Region Industries Availability Pollution Facilities Facilities

Saving of Foreign

Exchange Effect On Effect On Effect On Effect on

Human Health Agriculture & Visual Buildings

Fisheries Environment Materials

Monuments

Tertiary Effect On Water Supply, Effect On Educational Effect On Human, Nature &

Impacts Sewerage & Soild Waste Medical, Transport Recreational FacilitiesManagement Facilities Facilities



4.2 PREDICTIONS AND EVALUATION OF IMPACTS

An impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical, biological, cultural and/or

socioeconomic environment that can be attributed to activities related to alternatives under

study for meeting the project needs. Impact methodology provides an organized approach

for prediction and assessing these impacts. Scientific techniques and methodologies based

on mathematical modeling are available for studying impacts of various project activities on

environmental parameters.

The nature of the impacts due to said project activities are discussed here in detail. Each

parameters identified in the proceeding chapter, is singularly considered for the anticipated

impact due to various activities listed. The impact is quantified using numerical scores 0, 1,

2, 3, 4 and 5 in increasing order of activity. In order to assess the impact accurately, each

parameter is discussed in detail covering the following:

1) Project activities likely to generate impact

2) Quantification and prediction of impact

4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT

With respect to water environment three aspects are generally considered in EIA, the raw

water availability, consumption and wastewater generation that will be disposed. The first

priority in water quality assessment is to maintain and restore the desirable level of water

quality in general (Wholesomeness of water).

4.2.1.1 Impact during Construction Phase

There are three activities that have potential to cause impact on the water environment viz.

construction activities, abstraction of water for construction and sanitation.

During Construction, drainage pattern and water supply system of overland water flow will

be somewhat changed to the site preparation activities. Potential impacts may be on

surface water quality during this phase could arise from dust emissions (from vehicles and

disturbance of soil).

MITIGATION MEASURES

During construction phase, water requirement for the construction will be met through

ground water supply (bore well). Sanitary units will be provided for the workers. Waste

water to be generated will be disposed of through septic tank/soak pit.



4.2.1.2 Impact during Operation Phase

Water Consumption & Waste Water Generation is given in Table 2.2. Details of ETP, Spray

Dryer and Single Stage Vacuum Evaporation system to achieve zero discharge of waste

water are discussed in Topic 2.4.3.1 of Chapter 2. Overall there won’t be any significant

adverse impact due to proposed expansion activity on the water environment. Ground

water and soil will not get contaminated. With the above, it can be said magnitude of

impact will be no significant adverse impact on surface and ground water or soil quality.

4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

4.2.2.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS

Dust will be the main pollutant affecting the ambient air quality of the surrounding area

during the construction phase. Proposed activity will be constructed on open land and that

land is flat and ready for construction. Motor vehicle transportation (to, from and around

the site) particularly the traffic of tracks at the site, material movement into the site will

introduce particulates and other exhaust gases into the local ambient air and there is some

likelihood that during the construction period local air quality may be temporarily affected

by these emissions.

MITIGATION MEASURES

During Construction phase, suspended solids will be controlled by sprinkling of water and by

employing enclosures to construction area to allow the particles to settle down, prior to

discharge. Construction material/s conveyer will ask to cover conveyer to prevent any kind

of dust emissions.



4.2.2.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS

The dispersion of pollutants in atmosphere is a function of several meteorological

parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level, etc.

A number of models have been developed for the prediction of pollutant concentration at

any point from an emitting source. The Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (ISCST3)

dispersion model is a steady-state Gaussian plume model. It is most widely accepted for its

interpretability. It gives reasonably correct values because this obeys the equation of

continuity and it also takes care of diffusion, which is a random process. For the present

study, this model is used for the prediction of maximum ground level concentration (GLC).

The proposed air emissions are PM, SO2 and NOx. The site specific and monitored details

considered for input data for the software “ISC-AERMOD View” by Lakes Environmental,

Canada for prediction of impact on air environment are given in Table 4.1. The site-specific

hourly meteorological data measured at site is given in Table 3.5. In order to conduct a

refined air dispersion modeling using ISCST3 and ISC-PRIME short-term air quality dispersion

models, the site specific hourly meteorological data measured at site is pre-processed using

the U.S. EPA PCRAMMET and U.S. EPA AERMET programs. Before starting air dispersion

modeling with ISC-AERMOD View, a building downwash analysis using BPIP View was done.

BPIP View is a graphical user interface designed to speed up the work involved in setting up

input data for the U.S. EPA Building Profile Input Program (BPIP) and Building Profile Input

Program – Plume Rise Model Enhancements (BPIP-PRIME).

The air pollution caused by the gaseous emissions from a single or small group of stacks is a

local phenomenon. Its impacts will occur at a distance ranging from within the immediate

vicinity of the stack to several kilometers away from the stack. Maximum ground level

concentration will occur within this range. All plumes at more downwind distances from the

source by stack emission become so diluted by diffusion in the ambient atmosphere, that

concentrations of pollutants become negligible. The maximum ground level concentration

for different parameters is given in Table 4.2. Isopleths are given in Figure 4.2. Adequate

measures shall be taken to minimize air pollution by providing air pollution control

equipment. Flue gases are discharged from stacks at adequate height (as per GPCB norms).



TABLE – 4.1

DETAILS OF EMISSION FROM STACK & VENTS

SR.

NO.

OPERATING

PARAMETER

UNIT

SOURCE OF EMISSION

EXISTING PROPOSED

Boiler Hot Air

Generator Boiler

Spray

Dryer

1. Stack Height Meter 12 12 12 15

2. Diameter Meter 0.6 0.3 0.6 0.5

3. Flue Gas

Temperature 0K 425 425 425 350

4.

Air Pollution

Control

Equipment

-

Multicyclone

Separator

and Dust

Collector

Dust

Collector

Cyclone

Separator

Water

immersed

Cyclone

separator

for Dust

Collection

5. Flue Gas

Velocity m/s 6 6.5 6 5

6.

Emission

Concentration

SPM

SO2

NOx

mg/Nm3

mg/Nm3

mg/Nm3

150*

262*

94*

150*

262*

94*

150*

262*

94*

150*

262*

94*

(* Permissible Limits)



FIGURE – 4.2

ISOPLETH FOR PM (EXISTING)



FIGURE - 4.2 (CONTD.)

ISOPLETHS FOR SO2 (EXISTING)



FIGURE - 4.2 (CONTD.)

ISOPLETHS FOR NOx (EXISTING)



FIGURE - 4.2

ISOPLETH FOR PM (PROPOSED)



FIGURE – 4.2 (CONTD.)

ISOPLETHS FOR SO2 (PROPOSED)



FIGURE – 4.2 (CONTD.)

ISOPLETHS FOR NOx (PROPOSED)



TABLE – 4.2

SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT (EXISTING)

SR

NO LOCATIONS

CO-

ORDINATES

(X, Y)

CONCENTRATION (µµµµg/m3)

PM SO2 NOx

1. Project-site (A1) (0,0) 0.000 0.000 0.000

2. Sokhada (A2) (-652,435) 0.008 0.015 0.005

3. Lunej (A3) (-2500,326) 0.002 0.003 0.001

4. Paldi (A4) (-1737,1957) 0.001 0.002 0.001

5. Malasoni (A5) (0,3696) 0.016 0.029 0.010

6. Neja (A6) (1522,-217) 0.143 0.255 0.091

7. Nagra (A7) (3044,1087) 0.046 0.083 0.030

8. Khambhat (A8) (2500,-4022) 0.029 0.052 0.018

9. Zalapur (A9) (1304,2174) 0.091 0.162 0.058

10. Akhol (A10) (-4131,-6631) 0.020 0.035 0.013

SR.

NO.

X, Y

CO-

ORDINATES

MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION (µµµµg/m3)

PM SO2 NOx

1. (1000, 1000) 0.662 -- --

2. (1000, 1000) -- 1.19 --

3. (1000, 1000) -- -- 0.424



TABLE -4.2 (CONTD.)

SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT (PROPOSED)

The predictions were made using CPCB permissible limit as these concentrations will in no

case be exceeded. Ground level concentrations calculated for proposed activities are

superimposed on existing ambient air quality monitoring results and combined values (Table

4.3) are found within permissible National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

SR

NO LOCATIONS

CO-

ORDINATES

(X, Y)

CONCENTRATION (µµµµg/m3)

PM SO2 NOx

1. Project-site (A1) (0,0) 0.000 0.000 0.000

2. Sokhada (A2) (-652,435) 0.012 0.020 0.007

3. Lunej (A3) (-2500,326) 0.002 0.004 0.001

4. Paldi (A4) (-1737,1957) 0.001 0.002 0.001

5. Malasoni (A5) (0,3696) 0.022 0.038 0.014

6. Neja (A6) (1522,-217) 0.194 0.339 0.122

7. Nagra (A7) (3044,1087) 0.063 0.109 0.039

8. Khambhat (A8) (2500,-4022) 0.039 0.067 0.024

9. Zalapur (A9) (1304,2174) 0.122 0.214 0.077

10. Akhol (A10) (-4131,-6631) 0.026 0.046 0.017

SR.

NO

.

X, Y

CO-

ORDINATES

MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION (µµµµg/m3)

PM SO2 NOx

1. (1000, 1000) 0.904 -- --

2. (1000, 1000) -- 1.58 --

3. (1000, 1000) -- -- 0.566



TABLE – 4.3

PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY Unit: µµµµg/m3

SR.

NO.

SAMPLING

LOCATION

PM SO2 NOx

AVERAGE

1. Project-site (A1) 115.800 17.090 12.920

2. Sokhada (A2) 117.272 12.470 8.577

3. Lunej (A3) 115.902 13.214 9.161

4. Paldi (A4) 118.301 11.942 8.631

5. Malasoni (A5) 115.222 15.618 11.244

6. Neja (A6) 119.294 12.769 9.782

7. Nagra (A7) 115.663 13.919 10.679

8. Khambhat (A8) 112.339 14.827 10.414

9. Zalapur (A9) 127.722 17.064 12.547

10. Akhol (A10) 116.226 13.616 11.507

4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

4.2.3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS

Construction activities are likely to produce noise up to some considerable extent. During

the construction phase of the project, there will be noise generation from earth moving

equipment/s and material handling traffic/s.

MITIGATION MEASURES

Extensive oiling and lubrication and preventive maintenance of equipment/s shall be carried

out to reduce noise generation at source to the permissible to confine within the

surrounding area of construction site. There will be short term, localized and reversible

impact on ambient noise levels during the construction activities.



4.2.3.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS

During operation phase, main sources of noise pollution in the plant will be diesel generator

and other noise generating unit/s. Vehicular movements during operation phase for

loading/unloading and other transportation activity will also increase noise level. Pump

operators will be generally exposed to higher noise level for short duration. The noise level

within plant is kept less than 85 dB(A). Transport and communication requirement increases

due to operation of plant.

MITIGATION MEASURES

Extensive oiling and lubrication and preventive maintenance shall be carried out to reduce

noise generation at source to the permissible limit. Manufacturers/suppliers of major noise

generating equipment/machines like compressors, generators will be asked to take required

measures for minimizing the noise levels generated by machines by using noise absorbing

material for various enclosures or using appropriate design/ technology for


permissible limit, Earplugs and Earmuffs will be provided to those working in such area.

Audiometric tests will be conducted periodically for the employees working close to the high

noise sources. Adequate plantation will be done to control noise level at site.

4.2.4 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE DETAILS

4.2.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Proposed activity will be located on existing flat terrain; no significant topographical change

is expected due to construction activities. The construction of building will help in fixation of

soil, thereby reducing the soil erosion. Some construction operations shall disturb the soil

profile, but the impact will be insignificant. The plant site is suitably located considering

availability of transportation, communication, residence and manpower. The project site

won’t involve displacement of any population. Electricity, water, roads, all basic amenities

and infrastructure will be available at the site. There will be no change in existing land use

pattern, forest cover or vegetation in surrounding area. During Construction phase,

excavated earth shall be used for back filling and greenbelt development and Construction

debris shall be re-used for backfilling and internal road development.



4.2.4.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACT

The source of land/soil pollution from operation phase will be raw material/s, finished

product/s, hazardous/solid waste/s. Proper transportation will be required to prevent the

soil contamination.

MITIGATION MEASURES

• Raw material/s, finished product/s will be by road only with required packing and labeling.

• Handle and management solid/hazardous waste storage and disposal will be as per

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

SR.

NO. TYPE OF WASTE

CATEGORY

NO.

QUANTITY


TOTAL AFTER

PROPOSED

EXPANSION




Transportation and sent

to common TSDF site for

disposal.

2 Used Oil 5.1/Sch-1 -- 20 Liter/Month



GPCB registered

reprocess or/refiner

3

Discarded

Drums/Containe

rs /Bags

33.1/Sch-I -- 1000

Nos./Month


Decontamination,

Transportation & sell to

GPCB authorized Vendor.

4 MEE Salt 37.3/Sch-I -- 10 MT/Month



to common TSDF site for

disposal/reuse.

5 Spry Dryer


Collection, Storage and

sell as Tinting dyes to end

user.

6 Fly Ash from




to brick manufacturer

/common TSDF site for

disposal /used for land

filling.



7 Spent Solvent 26.4/Sch-I -- 1 MT/Month



end user.

4.2.4.3 TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE

Transportation of waste is also very important aspect in hazardous waste management

system; hence special care will be to be taken during transportation of hazardous waste.

We’ll check that transporter of the TSDF facility complies with the directives specified by

MoEF, Govt. of India under the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management &

Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. Each hazardous waste will be transported

separately in suitable container so that won’t react with the other waste. During

transportation, the container will be closed from all side and opened at the time of disposal

of the waste only. Every container will be labeled with 6” letters in English and Gujarati

languages. Each container will be inspected at least once in a week for any leakage or

spillage problem. The transporter will be made aware about the type of wastes, quantities,

nature of material. Only trained person will be allowed to handle the hazardous waste and

strictly observe all safety and security rules and regulations enforced. Person handled

hazardous waste will be equipped with safety devices like goggles, gloves, mask, fire

extinguisher, gum boots, etc.

4.2.5 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES

The plant is located in a well-developed area which has all essential facilities such as water,

power, fuel, post, telecommunication, bank, etc. M/s. S. M. Industries gets water from

ground water (bore well – 1 no.) and from the same source after proposed expansion. Total

power requirement of will be 80 KVA will be met through MGVCL & DG Set (1 no.) of 75

KVA. The transportation of raw material/s and finished product/s is and will by road only. As

a result of proposed expansion project, there will be a marginal increase in transportation

activity as compared to present total traffic upto plant premises. As a result of development

of industrial estate, the neighboring areas have developed for commercial use. The

infrastructure services e.g. roads, state transport, post and telegraph, communication,

education and medical facilities, housing, etc. have improved in the surrounding areas in

recent years.



4.2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD

Raw material/s shall be transported by road and are and shall be stored in the plant

premises. On site emergency plan has prepared for storage and handling of hazardous

chemicals. This report is prepared with the consideration of hazards associated with the

chemicals and care should be taken for all aspects of environmental hazards. The project

proponent has considered all the safety aspects in planning, designing and operation of the

plant as per standard practices. Hence, no adverse impact on this account is anticipated.

4.2.7 HOUSING

Enough number of dwellings is available in nearby towns and villages for accommodating

extra workforce. On neighboring towns or villages, the impact on this account is minimal.

4.2.8 ECOLOGY

The impact due to operation of the project and its activities on the ecological parameters

like natural vegetation, cropping pattern, fisheries and aquatic life, forests and species

diversity could be summarized as below.

4.2.8.1 NATURAL VEGETATION

The industry has developed green belt on the surrounding periphery and it will be further

strengthen. Since the effluents and emissions generated from the project activities shall be

treated and disposed as per the EMP provisions, adverse impact over any of the ecological

components of the environment is reduced to minimum.

4.2.8.2 CROPS

Since, the project is on a non-agricultural (industrial) land, it shall not alter the crop

production of the area. Further, the necessary environmental protection measures have

been planned under EMP e.g. air pollution control systems are and shall be designed to take

care of even emergency releases of the gaseous pollutants like PM, SO2, NOx and regular

environmental surveillance are and shall be done, so as not to have any short-term or

cumulative effect on the crops and the natural vegetation of the area.

4.2.8.3 FISHERIES AND AQUATIC LIFE

Since effluents and emissions generated from the project activities are and shall be treated

and disposed as per the EMP provisions, proposed expansion project shall not envisaged any

adverse effect on fisheries and aquatic life.



4.2.8.4 AESTHETIC ENVIRONMENT

The proposed expansion activities and further plantation will enhance the aesthetic

environment.

4.2.8.5 DEMOGRAPHY, ECONOMICS, SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT

Employment:


Regular 10 15

Contract 0 5

Total 10 20

There is a positive effect due to improved communication and health services, which have

lead to economic prosperity, better educational opportunities and access to better health

and family welfare facilities. There has been a beneficial effect on human settlement due to

employment opportunities from various industries in region in addition to employment

generated by M/s. S.M. Industries after proposed expansion project more direct and indirect

employment shall be generated.

Local quality of life has improved. This factor combined with all other mitigation measures,

like proper treatment and disposal of hazardous waste; liquid effluent and gaseous

emission, has minimized the adverse impact on ecology and has a beneficial impact on

human settlement and employment opportunities. There has been a beneficial impact on

the local socio-economic environment. There shall be no displacement of any population in

plant area. Any major activity that may lead to resettlement of the people is considered as

permanent impact. Hence, there is no permanent impact on this account. The increasing

industrial activity will boost the commercial and economical status of the locality up to some

extent.

Socio-Economic Environment

Environmental Impact Assessment is a study or an estimate of the probable positive or

negative impact a proposed project or expansion activity of an existing project could have

on the environment, consisting of natural, social and economic aspects. An assessment of

socio-economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study. Therefore, base-line

information for the same was collected during the study period. The base-line S.E. data

collected for the study region has been identified in four major indicators namely-

Demography, civic amenities, Economy and social culture.



Education:

Presently, every village has a primary school upto VIII std. and for higher education, the

students, both boys and girls, have to go to Bharuch. With increase in population due to

industrial growth, the surrounding villages may start higher education. Not only male

students but female students can also take advantage of the same and thereby, percentage

of literate population in the local area may increase.

Transport:

With increased employment opportunities and higher economic status of the local

community and with an increase in market conditions, transport facilities by way of buses,

two-wheeler & four-wheeler vehicles will develop in future. Thus, overall development of

the local community and their health is likely to become a matter of fact with the co-

operation and support of industrial organizations of the local area. To sum up, it could be

said that there will be a positive effect due to improved communication and health services,

which would lead to economic prosperity, better educational opportunities and access to

better health and family welfare facilities. There will be a beneficial effect on human

settlement due to employment opportunities from various industrial establishments in local

area in addition to employment generated by company. There is likely to be a beneficial

impact on the local Socio-Economic environment. There shall be no displacement of any

population in the plant area. The increasing industrial activity will boost up the commercial

and economical status of the locality to some extent.

1. This project is on non-agricultural (industrial) land and therefore, it is not likely to

alter the crop production.

2. The manufacturing unit has adopted comprehensive environmental plan covering

several environment protection measures, to reduce the environmental pollution

resulting from the project.

To control the emission from process and utility stacks, the company would regularly

examine, inspect and test its emission to make sure that the emission is below the

permissible limit. With this, the status of sanitation and community health of the area would

not change.



4.2.8.6 FOREST, NATIONAL PARKS / SANCTUARIES

There is no reserved forest & no national park or sanctuary within 10 km radius of the plant.

There shall be no impact on the same.

4.2.8.7 PLACES OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL/HISTORICAL/RELIGIOUS/TOURIST INTEREST

There is no place of archaeological, historical, religious or tourist interest within the study

area i.e. 10 km radius of plant site. Hence, there shall be no impact on places of interest.

4.3 MATRIX REPRESENTATION

The parameters discussed are presented in the form of a matrix in Table 4.4. The impact

matrix relating the parameters to the activities during operation phase is presented in Table

4.5. The quantification of impact is done using numerical scores 0 to 5 as per the following

criteria.

Score Severity criteria

0 No impact

1 No damage

2 Slight/ Short-term effect

3 Occasional reversible effect

4 Irreversible/ Long-term effect

5 Permanent damage

The scores for various parameters and activities are presented in Table 4.6.

4.3.1 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART

The total negative impact of various activities on any one parameter is represented as a

cumulative score and the cumulative scores of various parameters are given in the form of a

cumulative impact chart presented in Table 4.7. Any particular parameter having an

individual score greater than 5 or cumulative score of 20 implies serious effects due to the

project and calls for suitable mitigation measures. It is evident from the matrices that the

resultant impact is beneficial to the local population and due to export (and import

substitution) the resultant impact is beneficial to our country.



TABLE – 4.4

IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX (CONSTRUCTION PHASE)

Activities

During

Constructi

on Phase

Air

Qualit

y

Nois

e &

Odo

ur

Wate

r

Qualit

y

Land

Qualit

y

Infrastructu

re

Terrestri

al

Ecology

Land use

Aquat

ic

Ecolog

y

Socio-

Econom

ic

Status

Healt

h-

issue

Water

Requireme

nt

× x √ × × x × × ×

Material

Storage/

Transport

√ √ × × √ × x × √

Material

Handling

√ √ × × × × × × ×

Utilities √ √ √ × × × × × √

Effluent

Discharge

× × √ √ × √ × x ×

Gaseous

Emissions

√ × x x x x x x √

Solid

Waste

Disposal

× × × √ x √ × x ×

Spills &

Leaks

√ √ √ × × × × × √

Transport

of Workers

× × × × × × × √ ×

Movement

of Vehicles

√ √ × × x × × × ×




IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX (OPERATION PHASE)

ACTIVITIES

DURING

OPERATIO

N PHASE

Air

Quali

ty

Nois

e &

Odo

ur

Wate

r

Quali

ty

Land

Quali

ty

Infrastruct

ure

Servic

es

Env.

Hazar

ds

Terrestri

al

Ecology

Land

use

Socio-

Econom

ic

Status

Aquat

ic

Ecolo

gy

Water

Requirem

ent

x X X

Raw

material

Storage/

Transport

X X X X X

Raw

Material

Handling

X X X X

Utilities X X X X

Effluent

Discharge

X X X X X X

Gaseous

Emissions

X X X

Fugitive

Emissions

X X X X

Solid

Waste

Disposal

X X X X X X

Product

Storage/

Handling

X X X

Spills &

Leaks

X X X X X X X X

Shutdown

/ Startup

X X X X

Equipment

Failures

X X X

Plant

Operation

s

X X X X X X X X

Transport

of

Workers

X X X

Movemen

t of

Vehicles

X X X

Medical &

Other

Needs

X X X



TABLE – 4.5

CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION STAGE POTENTIAL IMPACTS & MITIGATIVE MEASURES

ENVIRONMENTA

L COMPONENTS

POTENTIAL IMPACTS SOURCES OF IMPACT MITIGATIVE MEASURE REMARKS

Water Quality Deterioration of water

quality

Construction activity &

abstraction of water for

construction

requirement and

sanitation in housing

for workers.

Discharge of process

effluents, sewage and

utility wastewater

Proper management of

surface water run off

shall be made

Effluent treatment

plant (ETP), Spray Dryer

and Single stage

vacuum evaporation

system.

Discharge standards

specified by authorities

are being met

Minor adverse impact

Air Quality Increase in SO2, NOX,

PM & HC

concentrations in

ambient air

Process emissions,

Fugitive emissions &

Utility stack emissions

Control equipment for

fugitive emissions

Adequate stack heights

& APCE

No remarkable increase

in GLCs.

NAAQ Standards are

met

Minor adverse impacts

on ambient air quality

Socio-Economic Overall growth &

development of area,

increased employment,

improvement in

infrastructure and

growth of downstream

industries

Project activities General area planning

in advance by GIDC and

classified as notified

industrial estate by

GIDC

Beneficial change

Terrestrial

Ecology

Minor loss of habitat-

flora & fauna, loss of

agricultural land

Project activities Green belt Proper

management of solid

waste

No impact

Noise Increased noise level Project operation Noise abatement at

generation point &

green belt before

receptor

Marginal impact

Infrastructure &

Services

Improved

communication,

transport, housing,

educational & medical

facilities

Project Development has been

gradual

Beneficial impact

Environmental

Hazards

Risk to environment &

neighboring population

Handling and storage of

chemicals, solvents &

fuels

On site & off site

Disaster management

plan & Safe practices

Insignificant adverse

impact



TABLE - 4.6

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX

Activities Environmental Parameter

Air

Quality

Noise &

Odour

Water

Quality

Land

Environ

ment

Infrast

ructur

e

Servi

ces

Environ

mental

Hazard

Housi

ng

Terrestrial

Ecology/

Land use

Socioec

onomic

Status

Aquatic

Ecology

Water

Requirement

0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1

Effluent

Discharge

0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0

Gaseous

Emissions

1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

Fugitive

Emissions

1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

Solid Waste

Disposal

1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0

Raw Material

Storage/

Transport

1 1 0 2 2 1 1 0 1 1 0

Raw Material

Handling

1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

Product

Storage

1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

Spills & Leaks 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0

Shut down/

Start up

1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0

Equipment

Failure

1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0

Plant

Operations

1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

Transport of

workers

1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0

Movement of

Vehicles

1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0

Housing

Needs

0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0

Utilities 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

Cumulative

score

13 10 8 9 11 12 14 2 11 7 1



TABLE – 4.7

CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART

ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETER TOTAL CUMULATIVE SCORE

Air Quality 13

Noise and Odour 10

Water Quality 8

Land Requirement 9

Infrastructure 11

Service 12

Environmental Hazards 14

Housing 2

Terrestrial Ecology/ Land use 11

Socio Economic Status 7

Aquatic Ecology 1


____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Prepared By: Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Surat 5-1

CHAPTER - 5

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

5.1 PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

M/s. S. M. Industries has adopted comprehensive environmental monitoring plan which is

essential to take into account the changes in environment. The objective of monitoring is:

• To verify the result of impact assessment study in particular with regards to new

developments.

• To follow the trend of parameters which identifies as critical

• To check or assess the efficiency of controlling measures

• To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment

study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.

To monitor effectiveness of control measures:

• Monitor daily, assess effectiveness of control measures being implemented and

explore the need to modify or add new control measures particularly if a violation is

observed & report weekly.

• Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be made to find out any

deterioration in environmental quality.

• Monitoring of proposed expansion area will be regularly conducted. The attributes,

which merit regular monitoring, are specified underneath.

Environment monitoring plan for proposed expansion project has described in Table – 5.1

along with environment components, parameter, standards to be followed, location and

frequency.



TABLE – 5.1

PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

Environmental

Component

Parameters Standards Frequency

Air Environment

AAQM at plant site As prescribed by GPCB

including PM2.5, PM10,

SO2, NOx, & VOCs

Prescribed by

CPCB

Once in month in

upwind and downwind

direction by NABL Lab.

Stack/Vent emission

monitoring of emissions

sources

Parameters prescribed

by GPCB

In stacks/vents

Prescribed by

GPCB

Once In Month by NABL

Lab.

Fugitive emissions/

work place monitoring

within the plant side

VOC Prescribed by

GPCB

Regular

Water Environment

Analysis of treated

effluent

Parameters prescribed

by GPCB

Prescribed by

GPCB

Once a day by

Company,

Once a month by NABL

Lab.

Ground water quality Colour, pH, TDS, TSS,

Sulphates, Chlorides,

BOD3, COD, oil and

grease, etc.

Water quality

Standards

Once a Season by NABL

Lab.

Noise Environment

Ambient Noise at plant

site

Noise level in dB(A) As per

National

Noise

Standards

Once In Month by NABL

Lab.

Soil Environment

At plant site Analysis of pH,

conductivity,

Sulphates, calcium,

magnesium, Cl-

-- Pre and post monsoon

season by NABL Lab.



5.1.1 LABORATORY FACILITIES

M/s. S. M. Industries has its own laboratory equipped with different equipments i.e.

analytical balance, pH meter, COD heating apparatus, oven, incubator, necessary glass-

wares and other necessary equipments/instruments. In addition to that M/s. S. M.

Industries also has quality control laboratory which is equipped with sophisticated

equipments. Equipment of quality control laboratory has also available for analysis of

environment parameters. M/s. S. M. Industries has carried out monitoring regularly to

ensure that pollution is limited to below prescribed limits. In case the monitored results of

environment pollution finds to exceed the prescribed limits, remedial actions is taken

through the concerned authorities. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution

control equipments of each department shall under respective department heads. This has

system will follow after proposed expansion too.

5.1.2 DOCUMETATION & RECORDS

The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility maintain

following records.

• Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control equipments.

• Log sheet for self-monitoring of pollution control equipments.

• Manual for monitoring of air, water for ambient conditions.

• Instruction manual for monitoring of water, solid and gaseous parameter discharged

from the factory and also for various parameters of pollution control facilities.

• Stationary records as per the Environmental Acts.

• Monthly and annual progress reports.



5.1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL (EMC)

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of

various environmental components is necessary. The EMC team takes care of pollution

monitoring aspects and implementation of control measures. A group of qualified and

efficient engineers with technicians will be deputed for maintenance, up keeping and

monitoring the pollution control equipment, to keep them in working at the best of their

efficiencies. The suggested organizational structure for the EMC is shown below:



5.1.3.1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC

The responsibilities of the EMC include the following:

• Environmental monitoring of the surrounding area.

• Commissioning of pollution control equipment/s.

• Specification and regulation of maintenance schedules for pollution control equipment/s.

• Ensuring that standards of housekeeping in the plant are maintained.

• Developing the green belt area.

• Ensuring proper use of water.

• Carrying out the Environmental Management Plan.

• Organizing meetings of the Environmental Management Committee and reporting to the

committee.

• Ensuring legal compliance by properly undertaking activities as laid down by various

regulatory agencies from time to time.

5.1.4 DETAILED BUDGET

The budget proposed for the project and that for the environmental protection measures is

given as below:

• Capital Cost for the Proposed Expansion Project: Rs. 4.0 Crores

• Cost for Environmental Protection Measures:

� Capital Cost: Rs 0.80 Crores

� Recurring Cost: Rs 0.05 Crores/Annum.

� The capital investment & recurring cost will be spent on pollution control, treatment,

monitoring systems and green belt development as well as other pollution control

activities.


ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT


CHAPTER - 7

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 BACKGROUND

Company has adopted a comprehensive Environmental Management Plan (EMP) which

covers several environmental protection measures, not only for abatement of

environmental pollution resulting from proposed expansion project, but also for the

improvement in the ambient environment. The various components of the EMP are outlined

in subsequent sections. An EMP is a site-specific plan developed to ensure that all necessary

measures are identified and implemented in order to protect the environment and comply

with environmental legislation.

7.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

7.2.1 OBJECTIVES

The main objectives in formulating the environment management plan are

• To treat all the pollutants, i.e. effluent to be generated, air emission (flue gases and

process gases), noise pollution & hazardous/solid waste, which contribute to the

degradation of environment, with appropriate technology.

• To comply with all the regulations stipulated by central/state pollution control boards

related to air emission control and liquid effluents discharge as per Air & water

pollution control laws.

• To handle and manage hazardous waste storage and disposal as per Hazardous Waste

(Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

• To encourage, support and conduct development work for the purpose of achieving

environment standards and to improve methods of environment management.

• To promote further forestation in the surrounding areas of the plant.

• To create good environment (devoid of air & noise pollution) for employees.

• To reduce fire and accidental hazards.

• Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management

expenditure.




• Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for better

environment.

• To adopt cleaner production technology.

The Environment Management plan is meant for mitigation/management of adverse

impacts and the strengthening positive impacts during proposed expansion project.

Overview of Environment Management Plan is tabulated in Table: 7.1.

TABLE – 7.1

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN (OVERVIEW)

ENVIRONMENT

ISSUE/COMPONENT

REMEDIAL MEASURES

Hazardous/Solid waste

generation & disposal

Proper collection, safe handling, storage within premises and

reuse in plant premise, disposal of waste at approved

common TSDF site, GPCB authorized re-cyclers/refiners,

authorized dealers, end users, reuse.

Effluent generation and

treatment

• Effluent treatment plant (ETP) followed by Spray

Dryer/Single Stage Vacuum Evaporation system to achieve

zero discharge of waste water.

• Domestic wastewater is and will be disposed through

septic tank & soak pit.

Emissions from stack/vent Adequate pollution control equipment/s are and will be

provided for control of flue gas and process gas emission.

• Adequate stacks height for better dispersion of pollutants

Noise • Acoustic enclosure on D.G. set, engineering control at high

noise level areas like compressors.

• Wherever feasible, proper oiling, lubrication and

maintenance of equipment.

• Development of greenbelt around plot boundary and

within premises.

Greenbelt 58.4 % of total plot area is developed as a greenbelt.

Information and awareness

about hazardous chemicals

plant

Awareness and information is and will be provided within 10

km of the study area about the hazardous situations.

Preparedness to handle

onsite & offsite emergency

On-site & Off-site Emergency Management Plan is prepared

and will be implemented in proposed expansion activity, if

require.

Monitoring of

Environmental parameters

Regular monitoring of various environmental parameters is

and will be carried out to check the effectiveness of the




control system.

7.2.2 Water environment

Water requirement is met through ground water (bore well – 1 no.) and additional water

requirement will also meet through the same source. However, record of water

consumption for different usages is and shall be maintained.

• Water Pollution and Its Mitigation Plan

- Construction Phase

- During construction phase, drinking water and sanitation facilities will be required at

the project site for construction work force. Hence, site shall be provided with adequate

drinking water supply and suitable sanitary facilities i.e. sanitary toilets, rest room, etc.

to maintain proper standard of hygiene for construction workers and to reduce

pollution of any receiving water body and also to prevent hazards due to water borne

vectors. Waste water to be generated, if any, will be disposed of through soak pit/septic

tank.

- Operation Phase

• Total waste water generation after proposed expansion shall be 16.3 KL/day.

• In existing, waste water is treated in existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) of primary

treatment (neutralization) facility. Treated effluent is sent to Spray Dryer/Single Stage

Vacuum Evaporation system to achieve zero discharge of waste water. Waste water

converted in steam/converted in clean water through condenser of single stage

evaporation system is recycled in process or used for makeup water in cooling tower.

• After proposed expansion, treatment and disposal of additional waste water will be

done through same way as existing.

• Domestic wastewater is disposed through septic tank & soak pit. It will be done through

the same way after proposed expansion.

• Annual environmental audit is carried out every year.

• Records of analysis results of treated and untreated wastewater are maintained.

• Adequate spares for effluent collection, handling, treatment and disposal system are

maintained.




• Proper housekeeping is provided to prevent spillages and contaminated surface runoff

going to storm water drains.

• The following measures would be taken to minimize the water usage in the operational

phase:

� Endeavor to reduce the actual process water consumption by way of improvement

in operation of processing units.

� Water saving by shower head flow controls, spray taps and faucet aerators and

photo-sensitive taps.

� Exploring other options of reusing the treated effluent besides fire water make up or

for horticulture development.

• This existing system and process will follow after proposed expansion also.

7.2.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Major sources of air emission from the proposed expansion project are:

1. Non point sources emissions

2. Point source emissions

3. Fugitive emissions

7.2.3.1 ACTION PLAN TO CONTROL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AS PER NAAQES STANDARDS:

Construction Phase (Non point sources emissions)

• Generation of suspended particulate matter is a common phenomenon due to

transportation of construction materials.

• This would be mitigated by allowing the vehicles entering the premises under cover.

• Emission of fugitive dust due to movement of heavy vehicles shall be controlled by

spraying water in the affected zone.

• Hosing down the wheels of vehicles with water and providing washing troughs for them

will further mitigate the amount of dust generated.

• In addition, emission of other pollutants from construction machinery using diesel driven

prime movers, will be controlled by proper maintenance.




Operation Phase (Point sources emissions)

In-plant control measures: some of the mitigation measures, which can reduce the impact

on air environment, are as follows:

• Ensuring the operations of various process units as per specified operating guidelines/

operating manuals.

• Strict adherence to maintenance schedule including lubrication for various machinery/

equipment.

• Air pollution sources:

• Existing:

The sources of flue gas emission are from the stacks attached to Boiler and Hot Air

Generator. There is no process gas emission.

• Proposed:

Additional source of flue gas emission will be from the stacks attached to Boiler,

Spray Dryer and D.G. Set (emergency standby). There will be no process gas

emission.

• Adequate air pollution control equipments viz. Multicyclone Separator and Dust

Collector, Dust Collector, Cyclone Separator and Water immersed Cyclone separator for

Dust Collection are and will be installed.

• Regular monitoring of stacks/vents is carried out to check the emissions.

• Record is maintained for changing of scrubbing media on printed logbook In case

emissions exceed, the corrective measures are immediately taken and records of the

same is maintained.

• A greenbelt within the factory is developed for reducing the air pollution and

attenuation of noise.

• Adoption of good house-keeping.

• Existing system as well as monitoring and control plan will follow to reduce air pollution

after proposed expansion also.




CONTROL OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

Emissions are normally defined as emissions to the atmosphere resulting from leaking

piping sources and equipments such as valves, flanges, pump seals, connections, and

compressor seals open end lines and pressure relief valves. The emissions are not visually

observed but can be measured in relatively low concentration at each area of source.

Fugitive emissions are expected to be generated during construction and operation.

During construction stage, main source of fugitive emission is dust which is expected mainly

due to movement of vehicles carrying construction material and vehicles used for

construction.

• Mitigate by allowing the vehicles entering the premises under cover.

• Control by spraying water.

• Hosing down the wheels of the vehicles with water and providing washing troughs for

them would further mitigate the amount of dust generated.

During operation stage, leakage through valves/pumps, leakage and emission from open

drum containing chemicals, open feeding, storage tanks, etc. are major sources of fugitive

emissions and VOCs. Excess use of solvent/s may also results fugitive emission from the

process vessels.

• Solid raw material charging is done through closed system.

• Entire process is carried out in the closed reactors with proper maintenance of pressure

and temperature.

• Close feeding system is provided for centrifuges. Centrifuge and filtrate tank vents is

connected to vent chillers.

• Fugitive emission over reactors, formulation areas, centrifuges, chemical loading,

transfer area, are collected through hoods and ducts by induced draft and controlled by

scrubber/dust collector.

• Emphasis is given to solvent management/solvent loss prevention.

• Control by having proper scrubbing system.

• Condenser to trap VOC.




• Enclosures to chemical storage area, collection of emission from loading of raw

materials in particular solvents through hoods and ducts by induced draft, and control

by scrubber/dust collector to be ensured.

• Nitrogen blanketing is provided, besides special care needs to be taken for control in

respect of odorous chemicals.

• Proper maintenance schedule is adhered to avoid emissions through flange joints, pump

seals etc.

• Minimum number of flanges, joints and valves in pipelines.

• Proper gland packing is maintained for pumps and valves and to the extent possible

pumps with mechanical seal.

• All Flange joints of the pipe lines which carry solvents are covered with flange guards.

• All rotating equipments like pumps are installed with mechanical seals to arrest any sort

of emissions.

• A regular preventive maintenance schedule is in place to replace or rectify all gaskets

and joints etc. as a part of ISO systems to ensure no fugitive emissions take place.

• Periodic monitoring of work area is carried out to check the fugitive emission.

• Solvent tank vents is connected to vent chillers.

• Stand by pumps are provided on all scrubbers. Besides, scrubbers are equipped with on-

line pH meter with hooter system for better operational control.

• Regular inspection of floating roof seals and proper preventive maintenance of roofs and

seals for tanks.

• Adequate ventilation is provided.

• All above system will follow after proposed expansion also.




7.2.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

In order to minimize adverse impact on the noise environment, due attention is given for

implementing noise control measures. Comprehensive measures shall be taken at design

stage for noise environment in proposed expansion project.

During Construction Phase

Following measures shall be taken for abatement of noise during construction phase;

• Noise emissions from construction equipment will be kept to minimum by regular

maintenance.

• Heavy and noisy construction jobs shall be avoided during night hours.

• Acoustic laggings, enclosures and silencers shall be provided wherever necessary for

high noise generating equipment.

• Acoustic barriers/shelter shall be developed in noisy workplaces.

• Use of personal protective devices such as ear-muffs and ear-plugs shall be strictly

enforced.

During Operation Phase

Following measures has adopted for abatement of noise during operation phase;

• Acoustic laggings, enclosures and silencers are provided wherever necessary for high

noise generating equipment.

• Sound proof glass paneling is provided for all operating stations/control rooms as well as

for shift rooms at critical places.

• Strict implementation/compliance of all statutory norms w.r.t. noise generation,

occupational exposure is done.

• Use of personal protective devices such as ear-muffs and ear-plugs are strictly enforced.

• Acoustic barriers /shelter are developed in noisy workplaces.

• Noise generating sources in the plant areas are monitored regularly.

• Monitoring of ambient noise levels is also carried out regularly both inside the premises

as well as outside.




• The noise level at the plant boundary is restricted to 75 dB(A) during day time and 70

dB(A) during night time.

• Noise level is specified for various rotating equipment as per Occupational Safety and

Health Association (OSHA) standards.

• Equipment lay-out is done considering segregation of high noise generating sources.

• Erection of suitable enclosure, if required, to minimize the impact of high noise

generating sources.

• There may be small addition to the ambient noise level, due to the increased

transportation activities. This creates a slight adverse impact on the sound

environment.

• Regular oiling, lubrication and maintenance of the equipment are carried out to

minimize noise generation.

• Measure and maintain records of noise level at various places within and outside

factory premises.

• Manufacturers/suppliers of major noise generating equipment/machines like

compressors, turbines, generators are asked to take required measures for

minimizing the noise levels generated by machines by using noise absorbing material

for various enclosures or using appropriate design/technology for fabricating/

assembling the machines.

• Company has developed a green belt around the periphery of the premises, which

acts as a barrier to the propagation of noise from the factory premises. This further

reduces the noise levels appreciably.

• Audiometric tests are conducted periodically for employees working close to the

high noise sources.


7.2.5 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Treatment, storage & disposal mode for hazardous/solid waste is and will be followed as per

Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management & Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

Record of hazardous/Solid waste generation and disposal is maintained on printed logbook.

All necessary precautions are taken during handling, loading and unloading of hazardous

wastes.




Storage of Hazardous/Solid Waste:

• Hazardous/Solid waste is not stored for a period more than 90 days. And maintain

records and make them available for inspection.

• Store at a designated onsite-secured area with impervious floor that affords protection

from sun & rain fall, spreading of leachate, mixing of wastes etc.

Details of Hazardous/Solid Waste and Mode of Disposal:

SR.

NO. TYPE OF WASTE

CATEGOR

Y NO.

QUANTITY


TOTAL AFTER

PROPOSED

EXPANSION

1 ETP Sludge 35.3/Sch-I

0.416





disposal.

2 Used Oil 5.1/Sch-I -- 20 Liter/Month




or/refiner

3

Discarded

Drums/Container

s /Bags

33.1/Sch-I -- 1000 Nos./Month


Decontamination,

Transportation & sell to GPCB

authorized Vendor.





disposal/reuse.

5 Spry Dryer


Collection, Storage and sell as

Tinting dyes to end user.

6 Fly Ash from




brick manufacturer/common

TSDF site for disposal /used

for land filling.

7 Spent solvent 26.4/Sch-I -- 83 MT/Month



end user.




7.2.5.1 METHODOLOGY OF DE-CONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL OF DISCARDED DRUM

AND ITS RECORD KEEPING

Decontamination & Disposal of Discarded Drums: The proper disposal of empty chemical

drums is more important for hazardous chemical/s as it can contain residual amounts of

chemicals. There can be no more than 1 inch of material left in the drum not more than 3%

by weight of the drums/containers capacity. In an effort to ensure that this residue is

handled properly and to be able to recycle or properly dispose of these containers, the

following procedure is to be followed. The below guidelines are useful for non hazardous

chemicals also.

Rinse Procedure: An empty chemical drum that contains hazardous chemicals (liquid or

solid), must be rinsed 3 times with water (or appropriate rinsing agent) before being

discarded. The first rinse should be collected as chemical waste, it can be put into any waste

container of compatible chemicals, the second & third rinses can then go down to drain. If

the chemical is on the list of acutely hazardous waste, then all three rinses must be

collected. After the containers are rinsed, they can be discarded appropriately as described

below. All caps should be let off of the discarded containers. Containers should be labeled

with “Empty” labels and the chemical name should be crossed or blacked out prior to being

discarded. Caps may be discarded to regular trash.

Reuse /Recycle/ Disposal of cleaned containers:

• Metal containers or any plastic containers, plastic tubing or plastic beakers that do not

meet the recycling criteria can be discarded into regular trash.

• Glass containers, glass tubing that do not meet the recycling criteria should be placed into

trash can for disposal.

• Plastic & glass containers that meet the recycling criteria must be placed in appropriate

recycling containers.

• Empty compressed gas cylinders should be returned to vendor.


7.2.5.2 IDENTIFICATION OF RECYCLE/REUSE, CLEANER PRODUCTION AND CO-PROCESSING

• It is recommended to analyze each hazardous/solid waste/s periodically and maintain

records.

• Recommend to check the calorific value of the ETP Sludge and then explore possibilities

of co-processing in Cement Industry as Primary fuel. Waste materials used for co-

processing are referred to as alternative fuels and raw materials (AFR).




• On-site recovery of solvent/s. Recovered solvent/s will be recycled back for re-use and

residue will be sent for incineration at common incineration facility.

• All the non-biodegradable effluents generated from plant will be converted into

biodegradable effluents followed by conventional treatment in wastewater treatment

plant. Treated effluent will discharge as per GPCB norm.

• Second wash of plant/s equipment/s water will be re-used as first wash in the same

equipment/ reactor to reduce fresh water consumption.

7.2.6 PLAN FOR MANAGEMENT, COLLECTION & DISPOSAL OF WASTE STREAMS TO BE

GENERTED FROM LEAKAGE, SPILLAGE, VESSEL WASHING & USED CONTAINER WASHING

• Check source of leakage point.

• Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material unless wearing appropriate

protective clothing.

• Stop leak if you can do it without risk.

• As per Haz Chem code information material is contained or diluted.

• The diluted material is collected/ stored separately/treated in ETP.

• Contained material is collected /Stored/ disposed at common TSDF site.

• Scrubbing Media/occasional reactor washing is collected/treated in ETP.


7.2.6.1 MEASURES PROPOSED FOR PREVENTING EFFLUENT DISCHARGE DURING

UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES

• Monthly check/observation of plant/s to prevent effluent discharge.

• Check source of effluent discharge, if any

• Collect the effluent and store in collection tank.

• Stored effluent is treated in upgraded ETP.

• Treated effluent from ETP is sent to Spray Dryer/Single Stage Vacuum Evaporation

system to achieve zero discharge of waste water. Waste water converted in

steam/converted in clean water through condenser of single stage evaporation system is




recycled in process or used for makeup water in cooling tower. And it will be done

through the same after proposed expansion.

7.2.7 WATER CONSERVATION AND RECHARGING

Water Conservation:

• Water conservation measures have been taken to optimize the fresh water requirement in

present scenario and record of water consumption is and shall be maintained for each

usage in future.

• Aware employee’s/workers to avoid wasting water during operation phase.

• Taps are closed when not in use.

• Explore 3 R's for conservation viz, Re-use, Reduce and Re-cycle.

Recharging (Rain Water Harvesting System):

Company will develop rain water harvesting system with ground water recharge technique

by using rain water from non-process buildings and roof top water of all other buildings. All

storm water drains will be routed such as to reach extreme corner of site & then shall

harvest the same to ground water through well. Various kinds of recharge structures are

possible which can ensure that rainwater percolates in the ground instead of draining away

from the surface. While some structures promote the percolation of water through soil

strata at shallower depth, others conduct water to greater depths from where it joins the

ground water. Besides, possibility will be explored to utilize uncontaminated rain water in

cooling towers during monsoon.

7.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Apart from having an environmental management plan, it is also necessary to have a

permanent organizational set up charged with task of ensuring effective implementation. In

this effect, M/s. S. M. Industries has assigned responsibilities to officers from various

disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of

environment control measures.

An organogram of environment management cell is shown in Figure 7.1. This department

undertake the monitoring of environment pollution level by measuring stacks/vents

emissions, ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise level, etc. either

departmentally or by appointing external agency whenever necessary. M/s. S. M. Industries

has its own laboratory equipped with different equipment for environmental monitoring.




M/s. S. M. Industries carries out the regular monitoring in future as well as ensures that

pollution is limited below prescribed limits and takes corrective action by providing new

pollution control equipment/s, if required. In case the monitored results of environment

pollution will found to exceed the prescribed limits, remedial actions is taken through the

concerned plant authorities. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control

equipment of each department is under respective department heads.

The environmental department also look after preparation and submission of Water Cess

Return, Environmental statement and Consolidated Consent & Authorization

application/renewal under water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air

(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Ambient Air Quality as per NAAQS

Standards, 2009 and Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary) Rules,

2016 under Environment Protection Act, 1986.




FIGURE – 7.1

ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL




7.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY




7.3.2 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY

• To develop & promote the technology having minimum pollution of Air, Water &

Land.

• Educating & promoting staff & workers for creating safe working atmosphere.

• More & more tree plantation in open area within site.

• Above system will follow after proposed expansion also.

7.3.3 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

• CEO has overall responsibility for effective implementation of Occupational Health,

Safety & Environment Management System (OHS & EMS).

• Core committee conducts management review every six months to assess the

effectiveness of HSE Management System. If necessary, committee allocates

resources for taking Corrective and Preventive action on Non-Conformance.

• The Core Committee advises and monitors the establishment and implementation of

HS & EMS.

• HODs, Dept. in-charges, Supervisors, are responsible for implementing HSE

Management Programs. Safety Officer to lead the programme. All the employees are

also responsible for implementing and maintaining HSE Management System.

• HODs are responsible to define and monitor the key characteristics for measure of

performance in HSE.

• Verification activities, including internal HSE Audits are carried out at the direction of

Core committee and team of Internal Auditors.


7.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

• Total 4,452 m2

land area is available at site; out of this area about 2,600 m2 (58.4 %) area

is covered as greenbelt and other forms of greenery.

• Criteria for Selection of Species

Species are selected that fulfill the following specific requirements of the areas:

� Availability of seed material




� Tolerance to specific conditions or alternatively wide adaptability to eco-physiological

conditions

� Rapid growth

� Capacity to endure water stress and climatic extremes after initial establishment

� Differences in height growth habits and shapes

� Pleasing appearance

� Capacity to selectively concentrate some materials from the surroundings

� Providing shades

� Large bio-mass and leaves number to provide fodder and fuel

� Ability of fixing atmospheric Nitrogen and

� Improving wastelands

� The pits should be watered prior to plantation of seedlings

Trees like Asopalav, Neem, Gulmohar, Champa, Gauva, Babul, Palm Trees, Nariyal, Ghaneri,

Shevga, Jangli badam, Sag, Jamun, Mango, Rain tree etc. are planted in and around the site.

(a) Co-relation of Trees with pollution control

Trees Air pollution Dust Noise Salt

Trees Nilgiri Karen Pendula Neem Neem

Pangara Pendulla Bahunia Peltophorum Gulmohar

Babool Neem Paras pipal Jamun

Cadamba Bogunvelia Cassia fistula Pendula

Vinca Croton

Tecoma var. Spethodia

Alstonia Gulmohar

Jackranda

Places: Green-Belt Plant Area Plant Area Plant Area

And green

belt

Plant Area

• After proposed expansion, company will explore to plant more trees in and around site

based on aforementioned and following criteria.




� A 50 -100 m wide greenbelt, consisting of at least 3 tiers around plant boundary will

be developed as greenbelt and green cover as per CPCB, New Delhi guidelines. The

plant density of 625 trees per hectare with local native species will be implemented

within the premises and 2,500 trees per hectare outside the premises. The

expenditure on development and maintenance of greenbelt is of revenue nature and

sufficient fund shall be provided to meet the requirement. The plantation schedule

will be completed within five years from the construction period of the project.

� Budget for greenbelt development in proposed expansion activity is Rs. 6 Lacs for five

years.

� Annual Budgetary Plan for Next Five Years

YEAR NO. OF TREES/PLANTS

TO BE PLANTED IN

PLANT AREA

FUNDING IN Rs. (Lacs)

2017-2018 50 1.5

2018-2019 40 1.2

2019-2020 40 1.2

2020-2021 30 1.0

2021-2022 30 1.0

7.5 MEASURES FOR CONSERVATION OF ENERGY

M/s. S. M. Industries has adopted various measures for energy conservation;

• Energy efficient machineries are used during operation phase.

• Installation of economizer & high efficiency burner on boiler.

• Company tries to utilize renewable sources of energy for conservation of non-

renewable sources of energy.

• Enough care is taken to prevent/minimize energy losses at each stage.

• Energy audit is used as a tool for monitoring purpose.

• External lights are controlled through timers for auto on/off function based on

timings.

• The cable size is selected so as to minimize the power losses.

• The power factor improvement capacitors are provided individually for AC loads.




• Using water cooled chillers, variable frequency drives for secondary pumps and

public area and building management system for HVAC equipments with non-CFC

and non-HCFC based refrigerants.

• Use of VFDs for various utilities in variable load application to optimize pump and air

handling unit performance, wherever required.

• Automated day light control.

• Efficient lamps and ballasts.

• Automated control for external lighting (Astronomical/Sensor).

• Occupancy Sensors.

• Phase-wise implementation of Advance Process Control (APC) in the process plants.

• Replacement of conventional lighting fixture by more energy efficient fittings.

• Installation of improved insulation over the High Pressure (HP) steam line to reduce

the heat loss.

• Use of FRP blade on Cooling Tower


Company shall explore possibility of use of solar energy for various infrastructure

operations. Also use of Energy Efficient Lighting, Transformers, HVAC system, Use of Energy

Efficient Motors, electrical appliances to minimize the energy consumption in addition to

Process Planning.

7.6 NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION

Substances that are found in nature and are used by the human for their welfare directly or

indirectly are called as natural resources. Sun, wind, soil, fossil fuels, wood, forest, flora and

fauna are some of the examples of natural resources. The judicious or wise use of natural

resources in such a way that the present generations make use of natural resources without

compromising the needs of the natural resources for the future generation is called

as conservation of natural resources.

Conservation of Natural Resources

As natural resources are beneficial to human beings, maintain ecological balance and at the

same time are in a threat of getting depleted due to its indiscriminate over exploitation,




there is an urgent need for conservation of natural resources. This can be accomplished by

the following ways:

• Alternative forms of energy such as solar energy etc. shall use more in comparison to

fossil fuels. Alternative forms of energy are eco-friendly, do not cause pollution and are

renewable.

• Avoid using plastics, synthetic materials etc. as these materials cause damage to the soil.

• Water is precious natural resources and hence avoids wasting water. Taps shall be

closed when not in use.

• Natural gas shall be used as a source of fuel.

• Adopt 3 R's for conservation viz, Re-use, Reduce and Re-cycle.

• Trees shall be planted along roadsides & waste lands and deforestation should be

avoided.

• Don't waste electricity. Fans and lights shall be switched off when not in use.

7.7 SKILLED AND TRAINED MANPOWER

Employment is and will be as per prevailing norms of state government for skilled and

trained people in proposed expansion project. Employment details are given below.


Regular 10 15

Contract 0 5

Total 10 20




7.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES

Apart from business, M/s. S. M. Industries is devoted to social commitments and will

continue to do the same as per the needs of nearby are people after proposed expansion.

For Corporate Social Responsibility, various programs/projects related to social & economic

development of surrounded area will be planned i.e.

• Plan for providing water purifier for village people.

• Conducting medical camps for village people check up & senior citizen check-up

• Deputing teacher for literacy development to senior citizens.

Other such activities as stated as below:

A) Natural Resource Management – The main focus of this program will be to maximize the

yield returns of the farmers through efficient management of existing resources & extension

of new agricultural practices.

1) Integrated Agricultural Growth Project – For improvement and use of the modern

techniques and thereby would certainly contribute to prosperity in the agriculture

sector and reduce the rural poverty by programs like Farmers Training, Nursery

Growing Trainings, Modern agriculture equipment distribution programs etc.

2) Animal Husbandry Projects – Various programs like health checkups & treatment,

vaccination program, Anti sterility camps, breed improvement etc. will be carried

out.

B) Income Generation Program -

1) Establishment of Self help groups

2) Rural Entrepreneurship Development Program

3) Handcrafts Development Program

4) Vocational Training

5) Business process outsourcing

C) Health, Education & Infrastructure

1) Aids Awareness Program

2) General Health Camps




3) Innovative Teaching Methods

4) Adult Education

5) Sanitation

6) Infrastructure Development Projects

CSR Activities Year Fund (Rs. In Lakhs)

2018-2019

Scholarship of 10 students 2018-2019 150000/-

Medical Camp in villages & School and distribute

medicine free of cost 2018-2019 50000/-

To make toilet in 2 Village 2018-2019 40000/-

2019-2020




RO Plant in 2 villages 2019-2020 55000/-

2020-2021




Color to School and Hospital 2020-2021 60000/-

To make toilet in 4 Village 2020-2021 90000/-

2021-2022


Infrastructure for 3 village 2021-2022 150000/-

Medical expenses to villagers 2021-2022 120000/-

Total 1500000/-

7.9 CAPITAL COST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANGEMENT

Total capital investment for the proposed expansion project is Rs. 4.0 crores. Capital cost of

air & water pollution control system and environmental monitoring equipments will be Rs.

80 Lacs. Recurring cost of air & water pollution control system and environmental

monitoring equipments will be Rs. 5 Lacs per annum.



CHAPTER – 8

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

8.1 SUBJECT



Now, company is going for expansion of existing manufacturing unit by increasing

production capacity of existing products and addition of new products within existing

premises.

Total premises area is 4,452 m2. Total cost of proposed expansion project is Rs. 4.0 Crores.

8.2 NEED AND JUSTIFICATION OF PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT

Based on informal survey of the market with various manufacturers and traders, company

has found that there is a big potential for the range of the products that are intended to be

manufactured in domestic as well as in international market. To meet this demand,

company proposes expansion of existing manufacturing unit. The project will also save forex

as certain products import will be reduced. This will also generate direct and indirect

employment opportunity for various levels of people.

8.3 PRODUCTS ALONG WITH PRODUCTION CAPACITY

Sr.

No.

Products CAS No. LD50 –

Oral -

Rat

(mg/Kg)

End Use Production

Capacity

(MT/Month)

Existing Total

after

Proposed

Expansion

1 Azo Dyes (Crude)* -- --

Textile

Industries

5 100

Azo Dyes (Blending & Grinding)* 10

2 AMARANTH 915-67-3 -

3 BISMARK BROWN 8005-77-4 -

4 CARMOSINE 3567-69-9 -

5 CHROM BLACK T 1787-61-7 17590

6 CHRYSODINE 532-82-1 >2000

7 CRYSOPHYNINE 2870-32-8 -

8 MORDENT YELLOW 20 6471-07-4 -



9 SUNSET YELLOW 2783-94-0 -

LIQUID DYES SOLN OF

ABOVE MATERIAL

-- --

PIGMENTS ---

10 PIGMENT ORANGE 5 3468-63-1 980

11 PIGMENT ORANGE 13 3520-72-7 >5000

12 PIGMENT ORANGE 34 15793-73-

4

>5000

13 PIGMENT RED 2 6041-94-7 -

14 PIGMENT RED 12 6410-32-8 980

15 PIGMENT RED 48 7023-61-2 -

16 PIGMENT RED 53 5160-02-1 >2000

17 PIGMENT RED 57.1 5281-04-9 -

18 PIGMENT RED 63 6417-83-0 -

19 PIGMENT RED 112 6535-46-2 980

20 PIGMENT RED 170 2786-76-7 >1500

21 PIGMENT VIOLET 23 6358-30-1 >5000


23 PIGMENT YELLOW 12 6358-85-6 980


25 PIGMENT YELLOW 17 4531-49-1 11250

26 PIGMENT YELLOW 61 12286-65-

6

-

PIGMENT PASTE OF ALL

ABOVE PIGMENTS

-- -

SOLVENT DYES* ---

27 SOLVENT ORANGE 1 2051-85-6 >5000

28 SOLVENT RED 24 85-83-6 -

29 SOLVENT RED 27 1320-06-5 -

30 SOLVENT YELLOW 2 60-11-07 200

31 SOLVENT YELLOW 14 842-07-09 -

ACID DYES* ---

32 ACID RED 1 3734-67-6 800

33 ACID RED 4 2611-82-7 -

34 ACID RED 18 5413-75-2 -

35 ACID RED 73 1658-56-6 -

36 ACID RED 88 10169-02-

5

-



37 ACID RED 97 6459-94-5 -

38 ACID RED 114 12220-20-

1

-

39 ACID RED 119 6548-30-7 -

40 ACID RED 128 6222-63-5 >5000

41 ACID RED 137 2611-82-7 -

42 ACID RED 214 6656-02-6 -

43 ACID RED 231 6360-06-

01

>5000

44 ACID YELLOW 1 846-70-8 -

45 ACID YELLOW 11 6359-82-6 -

46 ACID YELLOW 17 6359-98-4 -

47 ACID YELLOW 23 1934-21-0 -

48 ACID YELLOW 36 587-98-4 5000

49 ACID YELLOW 42 6375-55-9 -

50 ACID YELLOW 59 5601-29-6 -

51 ACID YELLOW 79 12220-70-

1

>5000

52 ACID BLACK 1 1064-48-8 2000

53 ACID BLACK 18 6227-09-4 >8000

54 ACID BLACK 21 10142-78-

6

>5000

55 ACID BLACK 26 6406-45-7 >5000

56 ACID BLACK 41 5850-37-

33

-

57 ACID BLACK 52 5610-64-0 -

58 ACID BLACK 58 12218-

949/

71839-85-

5

--

59 ACID BLACK 63 32517-36-

5

-

60 ACID BLACK 194 61931-02-

0

>5000

61 ACID BLACK 210 99576-15-

5

>5000

62 ACID BLUE 158 6370-08-7 -

63 ACID BROWN 14 5850-16-8 -

64 ACID BROWN 28 12238-94-

7

-



65 ACID BROWN 121 6487-04-3 >5000

66 ACID GREEN 19 4587-81-2 >2000

67 ACID ORANGE 7 633-96-5 >3200

68 ACID ORANGE 10 1936-15-8 -

69 ACID ORANGE 30 5572-43-0 -

70 ACID ORANGE 72 6408-27-1 >3200

LIQUID DYES SOLN OF

ABOVE MATERIAL

-- -

DIRECT DYES* ---

71 DIRECT BLACK NB -- -

72 DIRECT BLACK 19 6428-31-5 300

73 DIRECT BLACK 22 6473-13-8 -

74 DIRECT BLACK 168 85631-88-

5

-

75 DIRECT BLUE G -- -

76 DIRECT BLUE 15 6428-60-0 -

77 DIRECT SKY BLUE FB -- -

78 DIRECT FAST VIOLET 2RL -- -

79 DIRECT ORANGE 34 12222-37-

6

-

80 DIRECT RED 7 70209-93-

7

-

81 DIRECT RED 23 3441-14-3 >5000

82 DIRECT RED 26 3617-80-7 -

83 DIRECT RED 80 2610-10-8 -

84 DIRECT RED 81 2610-11-9 1048

85 DIRECT RED 89 12217-67-

3

>2000

86 DIRECT RED 239 60202-35-

9

-

87 DIRECT YELLOW 4 3051-11-4 -

88 DIRECT BROWN NB -- -

REACTIVE DYES* ---

89 REACTIVE BLACK CNN -- 2000

90 REACTIVE BLACK 5 12225-25-

1

2500

91 REACTIVE BLACK 8 12225-26-

2

-

92 REACTIVE ORANGE 7 12225-83-

1

-



93 REACTIVE ORANGE 122 12220-12-

1

-

94 REACTIVE RED 3BS 93050-79-

4

>5000

95 REACTIVE RED M 5B 12226-03-

8/ 17804-

49-8

-

96 REACTIVE RED 120 61951-82-

4

-


0

-


0

-


7

-


7

2000

Total 15 100

8.4 WATER REQUIREMENT, WASTE WATER GENERATION AND TREATMENT &

MODE OF DISPOSAL

EXISTING:

Total fresh water requirement is 13.5 KL/day (Industrial: 11.2 KL/day + Domestic: 0.3 KL/day

+ Gardening: 2.0 KL/day) which is met through ground water (bore well). Total waste water

generation is 3.6 KL/day (Industrial: 3.3 KL/day + Domestic: 0.3 KL/day). Waste water is

treated in existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) of primary treatment (neutralization)

facility. Treated effluent is sent to Spray Dryer/Single Stage Vacuum Evaporation system to

achieve zero discharge of waste water. Waste water converted in steam/converted in clean

water through condenser of single stage evaporation system is recycled in process or used

for makeup water in cooling tower. Domestic waste water is disposed through septic tank &

soak pit.

TOTAL AFTER PROPOSED EXPANSION:

Total fresh water requirement will be is 31.0 KL/day (Industrial: 24.5 KL/day + Domestic: 3.0

KL/day + Gardening: 3.5 KL/day) which will also be met through ground water (existing bore

well). No additional bore well will be drilled within premises after proposed expansion. Total

waste water generation will be 16.3 KL/day (Industrial: 13.3 KL/day + Domestic: 3.0 KL/day).

Treatment and disposal of waste water will be done through same way as existing.



8.5 DETAILS OF SOURCE OF EMISSION AND APCM

Sr.

No. Stack/Vent

attached to

Stack

Height

(meter)

Stack

Diameter

(meter)

Fuel name &

Quantity

Type of

Emission APCM

Existing

1. Boiler

(1 TPH) 12 0.6

Agro waste /

Biofuel (White

coal)

(175 Kg/hr.)

PM

SO2

NOx

Multicyclone

Separator

and Dust

Collector

2 Hot Air

Generator 12 0.3

PNG

(10 m3/hr)

PM

SO2

NOx

Dust

Collector

Proposed

3 Boiler

(1 TPH) 12 0.6

Agro waste /

Biofuel (White

coal)

(175 Kg/hr.)

PM

SO2

NOx

Cyclone

Separator

4 Spray Dryer

(1.2 KL/hr.) 15 0.5

PNG

(55 m3/hr)

PM

SO2

NOx

Water

immersed

Cyclone

separator

for Dust

Collection

5

D.G. Set*

(Capacity – 75

KVA)

10 0.3 Diesel

(30 Liter/hr)

PM

SO2

NOx

-



8.6 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL MODE

Six categories of Hazardous/Solid Wastes are and will be generated. Treatment, storage &

disposal mode for the same is and will be followed as per Hazardous & Other Wastes

(Management & Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

SR.

NO. TYPE OF

WASTE

CATEGORY

NO.

QUANTITY


TOTAL AFTER

PROPOSED

EXPANSION






disposal.

2 Used Oil 5.1/Sch-1 -- 20

Liter/Month




or/refiner

3

Discarded

Drums/Cont

ainers /Bags

33.1/Sch-I -- 1000

Nos./Month


Decontamination,

Transportation & sell to

GPCB authorized Vendor.





disposal/reuse.

5 Spry Dryer


Collection, Storage and sell

as Tinting dyes to end user.

6 Fly Ash from




brick manufacturer/


disposal /used for land

filling.

7 Spent

Solvent 26.4/Sch-I -- 1 MT/Month



end user.



8.7 NOISE LEVEL CONTROL/PREVENTION MEASURES

Extensive oiling and lubrication and preventive maintenance are carried out to reduce noise

generation at source to the permissible limit. Manufacturers/suppliers of major noise

generating equipment/machines like compressors, generators should be asked to take

required measures for minimizing the noise levels generated by machines by using noise

absorbing material for various enclosures or using appropriate design/technology for


permissible limit, Earplugs and Earmuffs are provided to those working in such area.

Audiometric tests should be conducted periodically for the employees working close to the

high noise sources. This system will follow after proposed expansion. Adequate plantation

has done to control noise level at site.

8.8 GREEN BELT

Total 4,452 m2



8.9 POWER & FUEL REQUIREMENTS

• Power Requirement

Sr.

No.

Requirement Source

Existing Total After Proposed

Expansion Existing After Proposed Expansion

1. 60 KVA 80 KVA • MGVCL

• MGVCL

• D.G. Set - 1 no.

- 75 KVA capacity (emergency standby)

• Fuel Requirement

Sr.

No.

Fuel Requirement

Existing Total After Proposed Expansion

1 Agro waste / Biofuel (White coal) 175 Kg/hr. 350 Kg/hr.

2 PNG 10 m3/hr. 65 m

3/hr.

3 Diesel - 30 Liter/hr.



8.10 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL STORAGE AND HANDLING DETAILS

Sr.

No.

Name of

Hazardous

chemical

Quantity Places of

its

Storage

(Storage

tank

/drums

/cylinders

/barrels)

No. of

Storages

Places

of its

Storage

State Type of

Hazards

Control measures

provided

Max.

that

Can be

Stored

Actually

stored

(Including

in process

&

handling)

1. HCl (30 %) 15 KL 12 KL Tank 3.0

Tank

Farm

Area

Liquid Corrosive

• Closed handling and transferring systems

for Hazardous chemicals.

• Dyke wall and material collection systems

are provided to all material storage

tanks.

• Fire Extinguishers and absorbents will be

available near storage tanks and storage

area.

• Drums to be stored on pallet with the

suitable trap.

2 H2SO4

(98%) 1 KL 0.2 KL Drum 1.0 #

Storage

Area Liquid Corrosive



8.11 CAPITAL AND RECURRING COST EARMARKED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

PROTECTION MEASURES

Total capital investment for the proposed expansion project is Rs. 4.0 crores. Capital cost of

air & water pollution control system and environmental monitoring equipments will be Rs.

80 Lacs. Recurring cost of air & water pollution control system and environmental

monitoring equipments will be Rs. 5 Lacs per annum.

8.12 CONCLUSION

The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study for proposed expansion of existing dyes

& new pigments manufacturing unit of M/s. S. M. Industries has been carried out with

respect to the Terms of Reference (TOR) granted by EAC, New Delhi dated 24/08/2017. All

the impacts likely to have an effect on the environment have been identified and

efficient/adequate mitigation measures have been proposed for the same.

Considering the probability of likely impacts, company has planned adequate mitigation

measures and Environment Management Plan (EMP). Further, company has also planed CSR

activities which will have beneficial impacts on the socio-economic environment.

Measures like energy conservation and greenbelt development are also noteworthy.

Looking to the overall project scenario, employment potential and allied development

plans; it has been noticed that the proposed expansion project would significantly help in

the improvement of the society and nation at large.

M/s. S. M. Industries is committed to implement all the pollution control measures to

protect surrounding environment. Also this project can definitely improve the regional,

state and national economy. Industrial growth is an indication of socio economic

development. The implementation of this project will definitely improve the physical and

social infrastructure of the area.

Proposed expansion project will lead to growth in industrialization by expansion of existing

unit. The growths in industrialization will in turn generate additional employment

opportunities.

M/S. AQUA – AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.

403, CENTER POINT, NR. KADIWALA SCHOOL,

RING ROAD, SURAT – 395002 (GUJARAT)

TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273

EMAIL: [email protected]

WEBSITE: WWW.AQUA-AIR.CO.IN

9-1

CHAPTER – 9

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

Environmental Management Consultants & Equipments Supplier






TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



9-2

1. COMPANY PROFILE

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. is a Surat based company; one of the leading

and multidiscipline Environmental Management Consulting firms of the region.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was founded by Mr. Jayesh S. Patel & Mrs.

Archana J. Patel on May 7, 2008 and Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was

registered under the companies Act on May 7, 2008.

Office having 6,756 Sq. Ft. of area covering EC/EIA Department, R & D Centre

(Environmental Laboratory), Consent (NOC/CC&A) Department, ETP/Civil Department and

Account Department, Library, Conference room and Administration Department, etc. with

experienced and qualified staff to render services in the field of Environmental Management

of various types of industries.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has a well-established track record in monitoring

legislation and developing and implementing strategies for organizations that enable them

to manage the impact of environmental issues on their business.

The company has built a reputation for delivering innovative and practical solutions to

environment related business issues. These solutions help our clients to achieve successful

business outcomes and make sustainable environment serving improvements within their

business operations.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for ISO/IEC 17025:2005

Accrediation by NABL, New Delhi for the Competence Testing & Calibration Laboratories on

June 24, 2008 and submitted the application (Version No. 10) to NABL, New Delhi for

ISO/IEC 17025:2005 registration on October 7, 2008. After final assessment and Non-

Conformances resolved and corrective actions taken against the Non-Conformances,

Laboratory Department - Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was accredited with

the certification of ISO/IEC 17025:2005 on October 19, 2010.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for ISO 9001:2008

registration for Quality Management System on December 1, 2009 and submitted the

application for ISO 9001:2008 registration on March 4, 2010. After final assessment, Aqua-

Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. was certified from ANAB by M/s. Intertek System

Certification on May 4, 2010.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. started the process for “EIA Consultant

Organization” accreditation under National Accreditation Board for Education And Training

(NABET)/Quality Council of India (QCI), New Delhi on January 7, 2010 and submitted the




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



9-3

application (Rev. 06) for “EIA Consultant Organization” accreditation under NABET, New

Delhi on April 8, 2010. Office assessment was done by external NABET/QCI auditors [Dr. L.

Ramakrishnan & Mr. A. K. Gupta (B.Sc. Mechanical Engg.)] on Feb. 3 & 4, 2011. NABET/QCI

closed the application of Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. on March 15, 2011.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. filed SCA in Hon’ble High Court of Gujarat

against MoEF, QCI & NABET, New Delhi on April 13, 2012. Hon’ble High Court of Gujarat

issued stay order against operation of all OMs (related to NABET/QCI Scheme) of MoEF,

New Delhi for the company on Jan. 24, 2013. MoEFCC, New Delhi published Notification

regarding mandatory implementation accreditation scheme of NABET/QCI on March 3,

2016. Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers P. Ltd. along with 11 EIA Consultants of Gujarat

filed SCA No. 5312of 2016 in Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat. Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat

gave Stay Order on Apr. 5, 2016 against implementation of Notification dated March 3, 2016

of MoEFCC, New Delhi till further orders.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. received the Certificate of Registration of Trade

Mark, Section 23 (2), Rule 62 (1) from Trade Marks Registry, Govt. of India on January 18,

2011.

The company’s work is spread all over Gujarat in India & Oman. Company have already

prepared 347 Form-1, 214 EIA & EMP reports, 196 Risk Assessment & DMP reports,

conducted 82 Public Hearings and obtained 208 Environmental Clearances so far that

includes Water related Projects / Pesticide Industry Projects / Textile Industry Projects /

Sugar Industry Projects / Chemical Industries / Specialty Chemical Industry Projects / Bulk

Drug (API) Industry Projects / Chemical Fertilizer Industry Projects / Cement Plants / Thermal

Power Plants / Mining Projects / Infrastructure Projects / Construction Projects / Distilleries

/ Petrochemical Industry Projects/ SEZ Projects/ CRZ Projects, etc.

Company's NABL Accredited Testing Laboratory has conducted Environmental Monitoring &

Analysis with Environmental Institute and Gujarat Pollution Control Board in Industrial

Estates of Ankleshwar, Panoli & Jhagadia. Company is also doing Turnkey/Consulting

Projects for M/s. BASF (Detail Engineering for Effluent Treatment Plant) & M/s. Reva

Proteins Ltd. (Design of Effluent Treatment Plant, supply of mechanical items,

Commissioning and operation of Effluent Treatment Plant).




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



9-4

2. ABOUT US

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd. has registered office in one of the top five

fastest growing cities of India – Surat. We are one of the most trusted and reliable

environmental and engineering consultancy service providers. With complete hold in the

related domain and proficiency, we execute our work all over Gujarat region.

In addition to engineering consultancy, we also execute turnkey projects for effluent

treatment plants at the client's site.

Aqua-Air Environmental Engineers Pvt. Ltd is:

• One of the leading companies in the region providing high quality services in

environmental engineering to the best of client's satisfaction.

• Posses a well - developed design office with Computer Center and Laboratory -cum-

R&D Center to carry out designing and analysis in the field of environmental

engineering.

• Recognized as Schedule-II Environmental Auditor under the Environment Audit Scheme

proposed by the Hon'ble High Court of Gujarat.

• Listed with Gujarat Pollution Control Board as Consultants and proposing to get enlisted

with GPCB as Pollution Control Equipment Suppliers.

• Going to become a member of Consulting Engineers Association of India.

• Having well-developed library to render services in the field of environmental auditing,

consulting, monitoring and analysis.

3. ACHIEVEMENTS

1. Registered under the companies Act on May 7, 2008.

2. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on

Dec. 24, 2008.

3. Certificate of ISO 9001:2008 received on May 4, 2010.

4. Import Export Licence received from Government of India on May 31, 2010.




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



9-5

5. Solvency Certificate of Rs. 1,40,00,000/- received from Bank of India, Gopipura

branch, Surat on Sept. 3, 2010.

6. Certificate of National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories

(NABL) received on Oct. 15, 2010.

7. Certificate of Registration of Trade Mark, Section 23 (2), Rule 62 (1) from Trade

Marks Registry, Govt. of India on Jan. 18, 2011.

8. Certificate of Authorization as dealer in India received from Spectrum Technologies,

Inc., USA on May 1, 2011.

9. Gujarat Pollution Control Board Recognized Schedule – II Environmental Auditor on

May 6, 2011.

4. SERVICE PROVIDE

M/s. AQUA-AIR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. offers following specialized

services in Environmental Engineering, Water Supply Engineering and Civil Engineering.

4.1 TURN KEY/BOOT/BOO PROJECTS

4.1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Detailed design Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Construction Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs)

Fabrication Recycling Plants (RPs)

Piping Zero Discharge Plants (ZDPs)

Electrification Incineration System Plants (ISPs)

Supply Hazardous waste Storage areas (HWSAs)

Erection Secured/ Sanitary Landfill Facilities

Testing and Commissioning of Effluent

Treatment Plants (ETPs)

Bio–Medical Waste (BMW) Treatment

Facilities on a turnkey or BOOT/BOO basis.

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs)

4.1.2 CIVIL ENGINEERING

Construction of

Water Treatment Plan Elevated Service Reservoirs (ESRs)

Sewage Treatment plant Underground Reservoirs (UGRs)

Industrial Wastewater Treatment plant Sewage Pumping Stations, etc.




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



9-6

4.2 CONSULTING


1. Complete study of the Pollution Problem in industries from wastes generation to

disposal and providing necessary technical knowledge like–

How including design Zero Discharge Plants (ZDPs)

Basic engineering, detailed engineering Recycling plants (RPs) for reuse of water upto

maximum extent Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Tender preparation for Effluent Treatment

Plants (ETPs) for industrial wastewater

Incineration System Plants (ISPs) for various

non-biodegradable or toxic industrial wastes

on Consulting basis

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs) for

residential wastewater

Design of Hazardous waste Storage area and

Consultancy Services for Secured/ Sanitary

Landfill Facilities

Common Effluent Treatment Plants

(CETPs) for more than two industries

Design and Consultancy Services for Bio –

Medical Waste Treatment Facilities.

2. Water Supply Distribution System

Analysis Tender preparation

Design

3. Laboratory Analysis of

Air Waste Water

Water Industrial Effluent

Sewage Industrial Sludge

4. Process Study

Reduce the pollution at source Reuse / Recycle effluent

5. Pollution Control Facility

Performance study of existing Suggesting scheme for the optimization of

the facility

6. Environment Management

Environmental Clearance from Environmental Impact Assessment Studies

(EIAs)

• MoEF • Short term (Rapid)

• New Delhi or DoEF • Long term (Comprehensive)

• Gandhinagar

Environmental statements Environmental Auditing

7. Statutory Requirements under

Factory Act

Safety Audit HAZOP study

On-site / Off-site Emergency Plan




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



9-7

8. For Various Energy Conservation

Schemes

Energy Audit Design

9. Environmental Management System

Preparing Adequacy Report Preparing Efficacy Report

10. Operation and Maintenance (O & M)

Effluent Treatment Plants (ETPs) Water Treatment Plants (WTPs)

Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs)

11. Air Monitoring

Ambient Air Stack

Vent

12. Design of Pollution Control

Equipment

Cyclone Flash mixers

Scrubbers Reaction Vessels

Bag Filters, fume extraction systems Clariflocculators

Blowers Scrapper Mechanisms

Aerators Incinerators

Agitators Scrubbers, etc.

13. Pollution Control

Effluent Survey Feasibility Studies

Environmental review of Pollution control

equipment and systems

Laboratory bench scale Treatability studies

Pilot Plant studies etc.

14. Consulting Service

NOC Air Consent

Water Consent Hazardous Waste Authorization Application,

etc.

15. As per requirements under Factory Act-1948 and Gujarat Factory Rules

Monitoring filling up Form-37

Analysis of Work Area Environment

16. Technical Consultation & assistance to ensure and assure compete Environ-Legal

compliance

Liaison with statutory bodies in order to get

the required permits

Clearance

Consents




TEL: +91 (261) 2460854/2461241/3987173/3048586

TELEFAX: +91 (261) 2707273/3987273



9-8

4.3 EQUIPMENT MFG. /TRADING


1. Manufacture and supply of Pollution Control Equipment such as

Incinerators With scrubbers Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF) units

Autoclaves Cyclone

Hydro-claves Scrubbers

Fixed Aerators Bag Filters

Floating Aerators Oil Skimmers

Submersible Aerators (EOLO2) Deoiler Pipes

Submersible Mixers (RIO or BRIO) API separators

Cascade Aerators Vacuum Drum filters

Clarifier mechanisms Solid bowl centrifuges

Agitators Filter presses

Clariflocculator Belt filters

Clariflocculator mechanism Reaction vessels

Flash mixes Reverse Osmosis, etc.

Oil skimmers

environmental impact and risk …environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/eia/191020185q...m/s....

Documents